US20220056073A1 - Peptidomimetic proteasome inhibitors - Google Patents

Peptidomimetic proteasome inhibitors Download PDF

Info

Publication number
US20220056073A1
US20220056073A1 US17/521,328 US202117521328A US2022056073A1 US 20220056073 A1 US20220056073 A1 US 20220056073A1 US 202117521328 A US202117521328 A US 202117521328A US 2022056073 A1 US2022056073 A1 US 2022056073A1
Authority
US
United States
Prior art keywords
monocyclic
bicyclic
alkyl
ethyl
cen
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Granted
Application number
US17/521,328
Other versions
US11732005B2 (en
Inventor
Gang Lin
Carl Nathan
Wenhu ZHAN
Trevor Morgan
Ryoma Hara
Toshihiro Imaeda
Rei Okamoto
Kenjiro Sato
Kazuyoshi Aso
Tzu-Tshin Wong
Michael A. Foley
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Cornell University
Tri Institutional Therapeutics Discovery Institute Inc
Original Assignee
Cornell University
Tri Institutional Therapeutics Discovery Institute Inc
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Cornell University, Tri Institutional Therapeutics Discovery Institute Inc filed Critical Cornell University
Priority to US17/521,328 priority Critical patent/US11732005B2/en
Publication of US20220056073A1 publication Critical patent/US20220056073A1/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of US11732005B2 publication Critical patent/US11732005B2/en
Active legal-status Critical Current
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical

Links

Classifications

    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P35/00Antineoplastic agents
    • A61P35/04Antineoplastic agents specific for metastasis
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07KPEPTIDES
    • C07K5/00Peptides containing up to four amino acids in a fully defined sequence; Derivatives thereof
    • C07K5/04Peptides containing up to four amino acids in a fully defined sequence; Derivatives thereof containing only normal peptide links
    • C07K5/06Dipeptides
    • C07K5/06008Dipeptides with the first amino acid being neutral
    • C07K5/06017Dipeptides with the first amino acid being neutral and aliphatic
    • C07K5/06026Dipeptides with the first amino acid being neutral and aliphatic the side chain containing 0 or 1 carbon atom, i.e. Gly or Ala
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D235/00Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazole or hydrogenated 1,3-diazole rings, condensed with other rings
    • C07D235/02Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazole or hydrogenated 1,3-diazole rings, condensed with other rings condensed with carbocyclic rings or ring systems
    • C07D235/04Benzimidazoles; Hydrogenated benzimidazoles
    • C07D235/06Benzimidazoles; Hydrogenated benzimidazoles with only hydrogen atoms, hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals, directly attached in position 2
    • C07D235/10Radicals substituted by halogen atoms or nitro radicals
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D235/00Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazole or hydrogenated 1,3-diazole rings, condensed with other rings
    • C07D235/02Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazole or hydrogenated 1,3-diazole rings, condensed with other rings condensed with carbocyclic rings or ring systems
    • C07D235/04Benzimidazoles; Hydrogenated benzimidazoles
    • C07D235/06Benzimidazoles; Hydrogenated benzimidazoles with only hydrogen atoms, hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals, directly attached in position 2
    • C07D235/14Radicals substituted by nitrogen atoms
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07KPEPTIDES
    • C07K5/00Peptides containing up to four amino acids in a fully defined sequence; Derivatives thereof
    • C07K5/02Peptides containing up to four amino acids in a fully defined sequence; Derivatives thereof containing at least one abnormal peptide link
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K38/00Medicinal preparations containing peptides
    • YGENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y02TECHNOLOGIES OR APPLICATIONS FOR MITIGATION OR ADAPTATION AGAINST CLIMATE CHANGE
    • Y02ATECHNOLOGIES FOR ADAPTATION TO CLIMATE CHANGE
    • Y02A50/00TECHNOLOGIES FOR ADAPTATION TO CLIMATE CHANGE in human health protection, e.g. against extreme weather
    • Y02A50/30Against vector-borne diseases, e.g. mosquito-borne, fly-borne, tick-borne or waterborne diseases whose impact is exacerbated by climate change

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to peptidomimetic proteasome inhibitors.
  • proteasomes are highly conserved self-compartmentalizing proteases found in three kingdoms of life.
  • a proteasome is a large, ATP-dependent, multi-subunit, barrel-shaped N-terminal nucleophile hydrolase present in the cytosol and nucleus of eukaryotic cells and is responsible for the degradation of the majority of cellular proteins (Baumeister et al., “The Proteasome: Paradigm of a Self-Compartmentalizing Protease,” Cell 92(3):367-380 (1998); Goldberg A L., “Functions of the Proteasome:from Protein Degradation and Immune Surveillance to Cancer Therapy,” Biochem. Soc. Trans. 35(Pt 1):12-17 (2007)).
  • Degradation product oligopeptides are reservoirs of antigenic peptides for MHC class I antigen presentation.
  • the 20S core that is constitutively expressed in most cells is a stack of 4 rings of 14 ⁇ and ⁇ subunits organized in a ⁇ 1-7 ⁇ 1-7 ⁇ 1-7 ⁇ 1-7 fashion, where 2 copies of each caspase-like ⁇ 1, trypsin-like ⁇ 2, and chymotrypsin-like ⁇ 5 active subunits are located in the inner ⁇ rings (Baumeister, et al., “The Proteasome: Paradigm of a Self-Compartmentalizing Protease,” Cell 92:367-380 (1998)).
  • the chymotrypsin-like ⁇ 5 active subunits of the 20S have been clinically validated as a target for the treatment of multiple myeloma and certain lymphomas.
  • proteasome inhibitors that were approved by FDA: bortezomib, carfilzomib, and ixazomib: bortezomib and ixazomib are reversible peptide boronates and carfilzomib an irreversible peptide epoxyketone (Borissenko et al., “20S Proteasome and its Inhibitors: Crystallographic Knowledge for Drug Development,” Chem. Rev.
  • Proteasome inhibition interrupts many cellular pathways, particularly, the NF-kB activation pathway, the induction of unfolded protein response, and ER stress, while strongly inducing apoptosis. For this reason, highly specific proteasome inhibitors have been approved for the treatment of hematological cancer. Proteasome inhibitors can also markedly limit the overall supply of peptides for MHC class I molecules and, thus, block antigen presentation (Rock et al., “Protein Degradation and the Generation of MHC Class I-Presented Peptides,” Adv. Immunol. 80:1-70 (2002)). As a result, proteasome inhibitors reduce immune response via multiple routes.
  • Antibody-secreting plasma cells are highly sensitive to proteasome inhibition and BTZ, which inhibits both c-20S and i-20S, has been used in renal transplant recipients to prevent antibody-mediated graft rejection (Aull et al., Clin Transpl 495-498 (2009); Raghavan et al., “Bortezomib in Kidney Transplantation,” J. Transplant. 2010: 698594 (2010); Al-Homsi et al., “Effect of Novel Proteasome and Immunoproteasome Inhibitors on Dendritic Cell Maturation, Function, and Expression of I ⁇ b and Nf ⁇ b,” Transpl. Immunol.
  • BTZ was also reported to be efficacious in patients with refractory systemic lupus erythematosus (Alexander et al., “The Proteasome Inhibitor Bortezomib Depletes Plasma Cells and Ameliorates Clinical Manifestations of Refractory Systemic Lupus Erythematosus,” Ann. Rheum. Dis. 74:1474-1478 (2015).
  • Plasmodium falciparum P. falciparum
  • P. falciparum the most deadly of the human malarias, accounts for nearly 0.5 million deaths a year, primarily in children.
  • the most important current therapies are combinations of artemisinins (ART).
  • ART resistant parasites Ariey et al., “A Molecular Marker of Artemisinin-Resistant Plasmodium Falciparum Malaria,” Nature 505(7481):50-55 (2014); Straimer et al., “K13-Propeller Mutations Confer Artemisinin Resistance in Plasmodium Falciparum Clinical Isolates,” Science 347(6220):428-431 (2015); Dogovski et al., “Targeting the Cell Stress Response of Plasmodium Falciparum to Overcome Artemisinin Resistance,” PLoS Biol.
  • Upregulation of the ubiquitin proteasome system is important for survival of artemisinin-resistant parasites and emphasizes the importance of the UPS in parasite survival and its importance as a drug target moving forward (Dogovski et al., “Targeting the Cell Stress Response of Plasmodium Falciparum to Overcome Artemisinin Resistance,” PLoS Biol. 13(4):e1002132 (2015); Mok et al., “Drug Resistance. Population Transcriptomics of Human Malaria Parasites Reveals the Mechanism of Artemisinin Resistance,” Science 347(6220):431-435(2015)).
  • UPS ubiquitin proteasome system
  • Proteasome inhibitors are known to kill malaria parasites in vitro and are efficacious against multiple parasite stages; peptide epoxyketone inhibitors, a peptide vinyl sulfone inhibitor, and a cyclic peptide inhibitor, have potent anti-malarial activities (Dogovski et al., “Targeting the Cell Stress Response of Plasmodium Falciparum to Overcome Artemisinin Resistance,” PLoS Biol. 13(4):e1002132 (2015); Featherstone C. “Proteasome Inhibitors in Development for Malaria,” Mol. Med. Today 3(9):367 (1997); Gantt et al., “Proteasome Inhibitors Block Development of Plasmodium Spp,” Antimicrob.
  • proteasome represents an important target for therapeutic intervention of various disorders.
  • proteasome inhibitors there is an ongoing need for new and/or improved proteasome inhibitors.
  • the present invention is directed to overcoming these and other deficiencies in the art.
  • a first aspect of the present invention relates to a compound of Formula (I):
  • R is H or C 1-6 alkyl
  • R′ is H or C 1-6 alkyl
  • R 2 is independently selected at each occurrence thereof from
  • R 3 is independently selected at each occurrence thereof from the group consisting of H, C 1-12 alkyl, -Boc, —C(O)(CH 2 ) n R 5 , —(CH 2 ) n C(O)R 5 , —C(O)OR 5 , —C(O)(CH 2 ) n NR 6 R 7 , —S(O) 2 R 5 , monocyclic and bicyclic heteroaryl, monocyclic and bicyclic heterocyclyl, and monocyclic and bicyclic non-aromatic heterocycle, wherein monocyclic and bicyclic heteroaryl, monocyclic and bicyclic heterocyclyl, and monocyclic and bicyclic non-aromatic heterocycle can be optionally substituted from 1 to 3 times with R 8 ;
  • R 4 is H, halogen, NH 2 , NHCOOC 1-12 alkyl, or C 1-12 alkyl;
  • R 5 is selected from the group consisting of C 1-12 alkyl, monocyclic or bicyclic C 3-10 cycloalkyl, C 3-12 cycloalkylalkyl, C 1-12 alkoxy, monocyclic and bicyclic aryl, monocyclic and bicyclic heteroaryl, monocyclic and bicyclic heterocyclyl, and monocyclic and bicyclic non-aromatic heterocycle, wherein C 1-12 alkyl, monocyclic or bicyclic C 3-10 cycloalkyl, C 3-12 cycloalkylalkyl, C 1-12 alkoxy, monocyclic and bicyclic aryl, monocyclic and bicyclic heteroaryl, monocyclic and bicyclic heterocyclyl, and monocyclic and bicyclic non-aromatic heterocycle can be optionally substituted from 1 to 3 times with R 8 ;
  • R 6 , R 7 are each independently selected from the group consisting of H, C 1-6 alkyl, and arylalkyl;
  • R 6 and R 7 are taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached to form a piperidine, pyrrolidine, azepane, or morpholine ring, wherein piperidine, pyrrolidine, azepane, or morpholine ring can be optionally substituted 1 to 3 times with R 9 ;
  • R 8 is selected independently at each occurrence thereof from the group consisting of halogen, C 1-6 alkyl, C 3-8 cycloalkyl, aryl, and arylalkyl, wherein C 1-6 alkyl, C 3-8 cycloalkyl, aryl, and arylalkyl can be optionally substituted 1 to 3 times with R 9 ;
  • R 9 is selected from the group consisting of H, halogen, C 1-6 alkyl, C 3-8 cycloalkyl, and aryl, wherein C 1-6 alkyl can be optionally substituted 1 to 3 times with halogen;
  • R 10 is H or arylalkyl
  • W is CHR 2 , NR 2 , or
  • X is selected from the group consisting of —C(O)—NH—, monocyclic and bicyclic heteroaryl, monocyclic and bicyclic heterocyclyl, and monocyclic and bicyclic non-aromatic heterocycle;
  • Y is optional and, if present, is —(CH 2 ) m —;
  • Z is optional and, if present, is aryl or bicyclic heteroaryl
  • k 1 or 2;
  • n 0, 1, or 2;
  • n 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4, with the proviso that R 2 is not —CH 2 C(O)NH 2 , —CH 2 C(O)NHCH 2 C(CH 3 ) 3 , or —(CH 2 ) 2 C(O)NH 2 , or an oxide thereof, a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, a solvate thereof, or a prodrug thereof.
  • a second aspect of the present invention relates to a method of treating bacterial infections, parasite infections, fungal infections, cancer, immunologic disorders, autoimmune disorders, neurodegenerative diseases and disorders, inflammatory disorders, or muscular dystrophy, in a subject or for achieving immunosuppression in transplanted organs or tissues in a subject.
  • This method includes administering to the subject in need thereof a compound according to any aspect of the present invention.
  • a third aspect of the present invention relates to a method of inhibiting proteasome activity.
  • This method includes contacting a proteasome with a compound according to any aspect of the present invention under conditions effective to inhibit proteasome activity.
  • a first aspect of the present invention relates to a compound of Formula (I):
  • R is H or C 1-6 alkyl
  • R′ is H or C 1-6 alkyl
  • R 1 is H or C 1-6 alkyl
  • R and R 1 are taken together with the carbon to which they are attached to form a C 3-8 cycloalkyl ring;
  • R 2 is independently selected at each occurrence thereof from
  • R 3 is independently selected at each occurrence thereof from the group consisting of H, C 1-12 alkyl, -Boc, —C(O)(CH 2 ) n R 5 , —(CH 2 ) n C(O)R 5 , —C(O)OR 5 , —C(O)(CH 2 ) n NR 6 R 7 , —S(O) 2 R 5 , monocyclic and bicyclic heteroaryl, monocyclic and bicyclic heterocyclyl, and monocyclic and bicyclic non-aromatic heterocycle, wherein monocyclic and bicyclic heteroaryl, monocyclic and bicyclic heterocyclyl, and monocyclic and bicyclic non-aromatic heterocycle can be optionally substituted from 1 to 3 times with R 8 ;
  • R 4 is H, halogen, NH 2 , NHCOOC 1-12 alkyl, or C 1-12 alkyl;
  • R 5 is selected from the group consisting of C 1-12 alkyl, monocyclic or bicyclic C 3-10 cycloalkyl, C 3-12 cycloalkylalkyl, C 1-12 alkoxy, monocyclic and bicyclic aryl, monocyclic and bicyclic heteroaryl, monocyclic and bicyclic heterocyclyl, and monocyclic and bicyclic non-aromatic heterocycle, wherein C 1-12 alkyl, monocyclic or bicyclic C 3-10 cycloalkyl, C 3-12 cycloalkylalkyl, C 1-12 alkoxy, monocyclic and bicyclic aryl, monocyclic and bicyclic heteroaryl, monocyclic and bicyclic heterocyclyl, and monocyclic and bicyclic non-aromatic heterocycle can be optionally substituted from 1 to 3 times with R 8 ;
  • R 6 , R 7 are each independently selected from the group consisting of H, C 1-6 alkyl, and arylalkyl;
  • R 6 and R 7 are taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached to form a piperidine, pyrrolidine, azepane, or morpholine ring, wherein piperidine, pyrrolidine, azepane, or morpholine ring can be optionally substituted 1 to 3 times with R 9 ;
  • R 8 is selected independently at each occurrence thereof from the group consisting of halogen, C 1-6 alkyl, C 3-8 cycloalkyl, aryl, and arylalkyl, wherein C 1-6 alkyl, C 3-8 cycloalkyl, aryl, and arylalkyl can be optionally substituted 1 to 3 times with R 9 ;
  • R 9 is selected from the group consisting of H, halogen, C 1-6 alkyl, C 3-8 cycloalkyl, and aryl, wherein C 1-6 alkyl can be optionally substituted 1 to 3 times with halogen;
  • R 10 is H or arylalkyl
  • W is CHR 2 , NR 2 , or
  • X is selected from the group consisting of —C(O)—NH—, monocyclic and bicyclic heteroaryl, monocyclic and bicyclic heterocyclyl, and monocyclic and bicyclic non-aromatic heterocycle;
  • Y is optional and, if present, is —(CH 2 ) m —;
  • Z is optional and, if present, is aryl or bicyclic heteroaryl
  • k 1 or 2;
  • n 0, 1, or 2;
  • n 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4, with the proviso that R 2 is not —CH 2 C(O)NH 2 , —CH 2 C(O)NHCH 2 C(CH 3 ) 3 , or —(CH 2 ) 2 C(O)NH 2 , or an oxide thereof, a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, a solvate thereof, or a prodrug thereof.
  • alkyl means an aliphatic hydrocarbon group which may be straight or branched having about 1 to about 12 carbon atoms in the chain. Branched means that one or more lower alkyl groups such as methyl, ethyl or propyl are attached to a linear alkyl chain. Exemplary alkyl groups include methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, i-propyl, n-butyl, t-butyl, n-pentyl, and 3-pentyl.
  • cycloalkyl means a non-aromatic mono- or multicyclic ring system of about 3 to about 12 carbon atoms, preferably of about 3 to about 8 carbon atoms.
  • exemplary monocyclic cycloalkyls include cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, bicyclo[1.1.1]pentyl, and the like.
  • cycloalkylalkyl means a cycloalkyl-alkyl-group in which the cycloalkyl and alkyl are as defined herein.
  • exemplary cycloalkylalkyl groups include cyclopropylmethyl, cyclobutylmethyl, cyclopentylmethyl, cyclopropylethyl, cyclobutylethyl, and cyclopentylethyl.
  • the alkyl radical and the cycloalkyl radical may be optionally substituted as defined herein.
  • aryl means an aromatic monocyclic or multicyclic ring system of 6 to about 14 carbon atoms, preferably of 6 to about 10 carbon atoms.
  • Representative aryl groups include phenyl and naphthyl.
  • arylalkyl means an alkyl substituted with one or more aryl groups, wherein the alkyl and aryl groups are as herein described.
  • arylmethyl or arylethyl group in which a single or a double carbon spacer unit is attached to an aryl group, where the carbon spacer and the aryl group can be optionally substituted as described herein.
  • Representative arylalkyl groups include
  • heteroaryl means an aromatic monocyclic or multicyclic ring system of about 5 to about 14 ring atoms, preferably about 5 to about 10 ring atoms, in which one or more of the atoms in the ring system is/are element(s) other than carbon, for example, nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur.
  • element(s) other than carbon for example, nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur.
  • heteroaryl only one of the rings needs to be aromatic for the ring system to be defined as “Heteroaryl”.
  • Preferred heteroaryls contain about 5 to 6 ring atoms.
  • aza, oxa, thia, or thio before heteroaryl means that at least a nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur atom, respectively, is present as a ring atom.
  • a nitrogen atom of a heteroaryl is optionally oxidized to the corresponding N-oxide.
  • Representative heteroaryls include pyridyl, 2-oxo-pyridinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrazinyl, triazinyl, furanyl, pyrrolyl, thiophenyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, triazolyl, oxadiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, tetrazolyl, indolyl, isoindolyl, benzofuranyl, benzothiophenyl, indolinyl, 2-oxoindolinyl, dihydrobenzofuranyl, dihydrobenzothiophenyl, indazolyl, benzimidazolyl, benzooxazolyl, benzothiazo
  • heterocyclyl refers to a stable 3- to 18-membered ring (radical) which consists of carbon atoms and from one to five heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur.
  • the heterocycle may be a monocyclic, or a polycyclic ring system, which may include fused, bridged, or spiro ring systems; and the nitrogen, carbon, or sulfur atoms in the heterocycle may be optionally oxidized; the nitrogen atom may be optionally quaternized; and the ring may be partially or fully saturated.
  • heterocycles include, without limitation, azepinyl, azocanyl, pyranyl dioxanyl, dithianyl, 1,3-dioxolanyl, tetrahydrofuryl, dihydropyrrolidinyl, decahydroisoquinolyl, imidazolidinyl, isothiazolidinyl, isoxazolidinyl, morpholinyl, octahydroindolyl, octahydroisoindolyl, 2-oxopiperazinyl, 2-oxopiperidinyl, 2-oxopyrrolidinyl, 2-oxoazepinyl, oxazolidinyl, oxiranyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, 4-piperidonyl, pyrrolidinyl, pyrazolidinyl, thiazolidinyl, tetrahydropyranyl, thiamorpholinyl
  • non-aromatic heterocycle means a non-aromatic monocyclic or multicyclic system containing 3 to 10 atoms, preferably 4 to about 7 carbon atoms, in which one or more of the atoms in the ring system is/are element(s) other than carbon, for example, nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur.
  • Non-aromatic heterocycle groups include pyrrolidinyl, 2-oxopyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, 2-oxopiperidinyl, azepanyl, 2-oxoazepanyl, 2-oxooxazolidinyl, morpholino, 3-oxomorpholino, thiomorpholino, 1,1-dioxothiomorpholino, piperazinyl, tetrohydro-2H-oxazinyl, and the like.
  • polycyclic or “multi-cyclic” used herein indicates a molecular structure having two or more rings, including, but not limited to, fused, bridged, or spiro rings.
  • a protecting group refers to a group which is used to mask a functionality during a process step in which it would otherwise react, but in which reaction is undesirable.
  • the protecting group prevents reaction at that step, but may be subsequently removed to expose the original functionality. The removal or “deprotection” occurs after the completion of the reaction or reactions in which the functionality would interfere.
  • alkoxy means groups of from 1 to 12 carbon atoms of a straight, branched, or cyclic configuration and combinations thereof attached to the parent structure through an oxygen. Examples include methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, isopropoxy, cyclopropyloxy, cyclohexyloxy, and the like. Lower-alkoxy refers to groups containing one to four carbons.
  • alkoxy also includes methylenedioxy and ethylenedioxy in which each oxygen atom is bonded to the atom, chain, or ring from which the methylenedioxy or ethylenedioxy group is pendant so as to form a ring.
  • phenyl substituted by alkoxy may be, for example,
  • a compound with a hydroxy group drawn next to a nitrogen on a heterocycle can exist as the “keto” form.
  • 3-(2-hydroxy-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-6-yl)propanoic acid can exist as 3-(2-oxo-2,3-dihydro-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-6-yl)propanoic acid.
  • halogen means fluoro, chloro, bromo, or iodo.
  • substituted or “substitution” of an atom means that one or more hydrogen on the designated atom is replaced with a selection from the indicated group, provided that the designated atom's normal valency is not exceeded.
  • “Unsubstituted” atoms bear all of the hydrogen atoms dictated by their valency. When a substituent is keto (i.e., ⁇ O), then two hydrogens on the atom are replaced. Combinations of substituents and/or variables are permissible only if such combinations result in stable compounds; by “stable compound” or “stable structure” is meant a compound that is sufficiently robust to survive isolation to a useful degree of purity from a reaction mixture, and formulation into an efficacious therapeutic agent.
  • a group may have a substituent at each substitutable atom of the group (including more than one substituent on a single atom), provided that the designated atom's normal valency is not exceeded and the identity of each substituent is independent of the others.
  • Up to three H atoms in each residue are replaced with alkyl, halogen, haloalkyl, hydroxy, loweralkoxy, carboxy, carboalkoxy (also referred to as alkoxycarbonyl), carboxamido (also referred to as alkylaminocarbonyl), cyano, carbonyl, nitro, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, mercapto, alkylthio, sulfoxide, sulfone, acylamino, amidino, phenyl, benzyl, heteroaryl, phenoxy, benzyloxy, or heteroaryloxy.
  • method of treating means amelioration or relief from the symptoms and/or effects associated with the disorders described herein.
  • treatment means amelioration or relief from the symptoms and/or effects associated with the disorders described herein.
  • reference to “treatment” of a patient is intended to include prophylaxis.
  • pharmaceutically acceptable salts means the relatively non-toxic, inorganic, and organic acid addition salts, and base addition salts, of compounds of the present invention. These salts can be prepared in situ during the final isolation and purification of the compounds. In particular, acid addition salts can be prepared by separately reacting the purified compound in its free base form with a suitable organic or inorganic acid and isolating the salt thus formed.
  • Exemplary acid addition salts include the hydrobromide, hydrochloride, sulfate, bisulfate, phosphate, nitrate, acetate, oxalate, valerate, oleate, palmitate, stearate, laurate, borate, benzoate, lactate, phosphate, tosylate, citrate, maleate, fumarate, succinate, tartrate, naphthylate, mesylate, glucoheptonate, lactiobionate, sulphamates, malonates, salicylates, propionates, methylene-bis-b-hydroxynaphthoates, gentisates, isethionates, di-p-toluoyltartrates, methane-sulphonates, ethanesulphonates, benzenesulphonates, p-toluenesulphonates, cyclohexylsulphamates and quinateslaurylsulphon
  • Base addition salts can also be prepared by separately reacting the purified compound in its acid form with a suitable organic or inorganic base and isolating the salt thus formed.
  • Base addition salts include pharmaceutically acceptable metal and amine salts. Suitable metal salts include the sodium, potassium, calcium, barium, zinc, magnesium, and aluminum salts. The sodium and potassium salts are preferred.
  • Suitable inorganic base addition salts are prepared from metal bases which include, for example, sodium hydride, sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, calcium hydroxide, aluminium hydroxide, lithium hydroxide, magnesium hydroxide, and zinc hydroxide.
  • Suitable amine base addition salts are prepared from amines which have sufficient basicity to form a stable salt, and preferably include those amines which are frequently used in medicinal chemistry because of their low toxicity and acceptability for medical use, such as ammonia, ethylenediamine, N-methyl-glucamine, lysine, arginine, ornithine, choline, N,N′-dibenzylethylenediamine, chloroprocaine, diethanolamine, procaine, N-benzylphenethylamine, diethylamine, piperazine, tris(hydroxymethyl)-aminomethane, tetramethylammonium hydroxide, triethylarnine, dibenzylamine, ephenamine
  • prodrugs as used herein means those prodrugs of the compounds useful according to the present invention which are, within the scope of sound medical judgment, suitable for use in contact with the tissues of humans and lower animals with undue toxicity, irritation, allergic response, and the like, commensurate with a reasonable benefit/risk ratio, and effective for their intended use, as well as the zwitterionic forms, where possible, of the compounds of the invention.
  • prodrug means compounds that are rapidly transformed in vivo to yield the parent compound of the above formula, for example by hydrolysis in blood. Functional groups which may be rapidly transformed, by metabolic cleavage, in vivo form a class of groups reactive with the carboxyl group of the compounds of this invention.
  • alkanoyl such as acetyl, propionyl, butyryl, and the like
  • unsubstituted and substituted aroyl such as benzoyl and substituted benzoyl
  • alkoxycarbonyl such as ethoxycarbonyl
  • trialkylsilyl such as trimethyl- and triethysilyl
  • monoesters formed with dicarboxylic acids such as succinyl
  • the compounds bearing such groups act as pro-drugs.
  • the compounds bearing the metabolically cleavable groups have the advantage that they may exhibit improved bioavailability as a result of enhanced solubility and/or rate of absorption conferred upon the parent compound by virtue of the presence of the metabolically cleavable group.
  • prodrugs A thorough discussion of prodrugs is provided in the following: Design of Prodrugs, H. Bundgaard, ed., Elsevier (1985); Methods in Enzymology, K. Widder et al, Ed., Academic Press, 42, p. 309-396 (1985); A Textbook of Drug Design and Development, Krogsgaard-Larsen and H. Bundgaard, ed., Chapter 5; “Design and Applications of Prodrugs” p.
  • prodrugs include, but are not limited to, acetate, formate, and benzoate derivatives of alcohol and amine functional groups in the compounds of the invention.
  • solvate refers to a compound of Formula (I), Formula (IA), Formula (IB), Formula (IC), Formula (I′), Formula (I′A), Formula (PB), Formula (I′C), Formula (I′D), Formula (I′E), Formula (I′F), Formula (I′G), Formula (I′C′), Formula (I′D′), Formula (I′E′), Formula (I′F′), Formula (I′G′), and Formula (II) in the solid state, wherein molecules of a suitable solvent are incorporated in the crystal lattice.
  • a suitable solvent for therapeutic administration is physiologically tolerable at the dosage administered. Examples of suitable solvents for therapeutic administration are ethanol and water. When water is the solvent, the solvate is referred to as a hydrate.
  • solvates are formed by dissolving the compound in the appropriate solvent and isolating the solvate by cooling or using an antisolvent. The solvate is typically dried or azeotroped under ambient conditions.
  • terapéuticaally effective amounts is meant to describe an amount of compound of the present invention effective to produce the desired therapeutic effect. Such amounts generally vary according to a number of factors well within the purview of ordinarily skilled artisans given the description provided herein to determine and account for. These include, without limitation: the particular subject, as well as its age, weight, height, general physical condition, and medical history; the particular compound used, as well as the carrier in which it is formulated and the route of administration selected for it; and, the nature and severity of the condition being treated.
  • composition means a composition comprising a compound of Formula (I), Formula (IA), Formula (IB), Formula (IC), Formula (I′), Formula (I′A), Formula (I′B), Formula (I′C), Formula (I′D), Formula (I′E), Formula (I′F), Formula (I′G), Formula (I′C′), Formula (I′D′), Formula (I′E′), Formula (I′F′), Formula (I′G′), and Formula (II) and at least one component comprising pharmaceutically acceptable carriers, diluents, adjuvants, excipients, or vehicles, such as preserving agents, fillers, disintegrating agents, wetting agents, emulsifying agents, suspending agents, sweetening agents, flavoring agents, perfuming agents, antibacterial agents, antifingal agents, lubricating agents and dispensing agents, depending on the nature of the mode of administration and dosage forms.
  • suspending agents examples include ethoxylated isostearyl alcohols, polyoxyethylene sorbitol and sorbitan esters, microcrystalline cellulose, aluminum metahydroxide, bentonite, agar-agar and tragacanth, or mixtures of these substances.
  • Prevention of the action of microorganisms can be ensured by various antibacterial and antifungal agents, for example, parabens, chlorobutanol, phenol, sorbic acid, and the like. It may also be desirable to include isotonic agents, for example sugars, sodium chloride, and the like.
  • Prolonged absorption of the injectable pharmaceutical form can be brought about by the use of agents delaying absorption, for example, aluminum monosterate and gelatin.
  • suitable carriers, diluents, solvents, or vehicles include water, ethanol, polyols, suitable mixtures thereof, vegetable oils (such as olive oil), and injectable organic esters such as ethyl oleate.
  • excipients include lactose, milk sugar, sodium citrate, calcium carbonate, and dicalcium phosphate.
  • disintegrating agents include starch, alginic acids, and certain complex silicates.
  • lubricants include magnesium stearate, sodium lauryl sulphate, talc, as well as high molecular weight polyethylene glycols.
  • pharmaceutically acceptable means it is, within the scope of sound medical judgement, suitable for use in contact with the cells of humans and lower animals without undue toxicity, irritation, allergic response and the like, and are commensurate with a reasonable benefit/risk ratio.
  • pharmaceutically acceptable dosage forms means dosage forms of the compound of the invention, and includes, for example, tablets, dragees, powders, elixirs, syrups, liquid preparations, including suspensions, sprays, inhalants tablets, lozenges, emulsions, solutions, granules, capsules, and suppositories, as well as liquid preparations for injections, including liposome preparations. Techniques and formulations generally may be found in Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, Mack Publishing Co., Easton, Pa., latest edition.
  • Compounds described herein may contain one or more asymmetric centers and may thus give rise to enantiomers, diastereomers, and other stereoisomeric forms.
  • Each chiral center may be defined, in terms of absolute stereochemistry, as (R)- or (S)-. This technology is meant to include all such possible isomers, as well as mixtures thereof, including racemic and optically pure forms.
  • Optically active (R)- and (S)-, ( ⁇ )- and (+)-, or (D)- and (L)-isomers may be prepared using chiral synthons or chiral reagents, or resolved using conventional techniques.
  • the compounds described herein contain olefinic double bonds or other centers of geometric asymmetry, and unless specified otherwise, it is intended that the compounds include both E and Z geometric isomers. Likewise, all tautomeric forms are also intended to be included.
  • the basic nitrogen can be quaternized with any agents known to those of ordinary skill in the art including, for example, lower alkyl halides, such as methyl, ethyl, propyl and butyl chloride, bromides and iodides; dialkyl sulfates including dimethyl, diethyl, dibutyl and diamyl sulfates; long chain halides such as decyl, lauryl, myristyl and stearyl chlorides, bromides and iodides; and aralkyl halides including benzyl and phenethyl bromides. Water or oil-soluble or dispersible products may be obtained by such quaternization.
  • lower alkyl halides such as methyl, ethyl, propyl and butyl chloride, bromides and iodides
  • dialkyl sulfates including dimethyl, diethyl, dibutyl and diamyl sulfates
  • reaction of the carboxylic acid derivative ( 1 ) with amine ( 2 ) leads to formation of the final product ( 3 ).
  • the reaction can be carried out in a variety of solvents, for example in methylene chloride (CH 2 Cl 2 ), tetrahydrofuran (THF), dimethylformamide (DMF), or other such solvents or in the mixture of such solvents.
  • CH 2 Cl 2 methylene chloride
  • THF tetrahydrofuran
  • DMF dimethylformamide
  • Reaction of the carboxylic acid derivative ( 4 ) with amine ( 2 ) leads to formation of the compound ( 5 ).
  • the reaction can be carried out in a variety of solvents, for example in methylene chloride (CH 2 Cl 2 ), tetrahydrofuran (THF), dimethylformamide (DMF), or other such solvents or in the mixture of such solvents.
  • CH 2 Cl 2 methylene chloride
  • THF tetrahydrofuran
  • DMF dimethylformamide
  • the non-participating carboxylic acids or amines on the reacting set of amino acids or peptide fragments can be protected by a suitable protecting group (PG) which can be selectively removed at a later time if desired.
  • PG protecting group
  • useful protective groups for the amino group are benzyloxycarbonyl (Cbz), t-butyloxycarbonyl (t-BOC), 2,2,2-trichloroethoxycarbonyl (Troc), t-amyloxycarbonyl, 4-methoxybenzyloxycarbonyl, 2-(trichlorosilyl)ethoxycarbonyl, 9-fluorenylmethoxycarbonyl (Fmoc), phthaloyl, acetyl (Ac), formyl, trifluoroacetyl, and the like.
  • amine ( 6 ) is reacted with R 3 -LG ( 7 ) (wherein LG is a suitable leaving group) to form final product ( 8 ).
  • the non-participating carboxylic acids or amines on the reacting set of amino acids or peptide fragments can be protected by a suitable protecting group which can be selectively removed at a later time if desired.
  • a suitable protecting group which can be selectively removed at a later time if desired.
  • useful protective groups for the amino group are benzyloxycarbonyl (Cbz), t-butyloxycarbonyl (t-BOC), 2,2,2-trichloroethoxycarbonyl (Troc), t-amyloxycarbonyl, 4-methoxybenzyloxycarbonyl, 2-(trichlorosilyl)ethoxycarbonyl, 9-fluorenylmethoxycarbonyl (Fmoc), phthaloyl, acetyl (Ac), formyl, trifluoroacetyl, and the like.
  • amine ( 6 a ) is reacted with R 3 -LG ( 7 ) (wherein LG is a suitable leaving group) to form final product ( 8 a ).
  • the non-participating carboxylic acids or amines on the reacting set of amino acids or peptide fragments can be protected by a suitable protecting group which can be selectively removed at a later time if desired.
  • a suitable protecting group which can be selectively removed at a later time if desired.
  • useful protective groups for the amino group are benzyloxycarbonyl (Cbz), t-butyloxycarbonyl (t-BOC), 2,2,2-trichloroethoxycarbonyl (Troc), t-amyloxycarbonyl, 4-methoxybenzyloxycarbonyi, 2-(trichlorosilyl)ethoxycarbonyl, 9-fluorenyhnethoxycarbonyl (Frnoc), phthaloyl, acetyl (Ac), formyl, trifluoroacetyl, and the like.
  • amine ( 6 b ) is reacted with R 3 -LG ( 7 ) (wherein is a suitable leaving group) to form final product ( 8 b ).
  • compound has the Formula (IA):
  • compound has the Formula (IB):
  • compound has the Formula (IC):
  • One embodiment relates to the compound of Formulae (I) where R 1 is H or Me.
  • a further embodiment relates to the compound of Formulae (I) where R 2 is selected from the group consisting of
  • R 3 is selected from the group consisting of H, Boc,
  • Another embodiment relates to the compound of Formulae (I) where R 4 is H, Me, F, NH 2 , or NHBoc.
  • Yet another embodiment relates to the compound of Formulae (I) where Y is —CH 2 —.
  • a further embodiment relates to the compound of Formulae (I) where Z is
  • Another embodiment relates to the compound of Formulae (I) where the compound has a structure selected from the group consisting of:
  • compound has the Formula (I′):
  • R is H or C 1-6 alkyl
  • R 1 is H or C 1-6 alkyl
  • R and R 1 are taken together with the carbon to which they are attached to form a C 3-8 cycloalkyl ring;
  • R 2 is independently selected at each occurrence thereof from the group consisting of C 1-6 alkyl, and —(CH 2 ) n C(O)NR 6 R 7 , wherein C 1-6 alkyl can be optionally substituted from 1 to 3 times with a substituent selected independently at each occurrence thereof from OH or C(O)OR 10 ;
  • R 3 is independently selected at each occurrence thereof from the group consisting of H, -Boc, —C(O)(CH 2 ) n R 5 , —(CH 2 ) n C(O)R 5 , —C(O)OR 5 , —C(O)(CH 2 ) n NR 6 R 7 , —S(O) 2 R 5 , monocyclic and bicyclic heteroaryl, monocyclic and bicyclic heterocyclyl, and monocyclic and bicyclic non-aromatic heterocycle, wherein monocyclic and bicyclic heteroaryl, monocyclic and bicyclic heterocyclyl, and monocyclic and bicyclic non-aromatic heterocycle can be optionally substituted from 1 to 3 times with C 1-6 alkyl;
  • R 4 is H, C 1-12 alkyl, or halogen
  • R 5 is selected from the group consisting of C 1-12 alkyl, monocyclic or bicyclic C 3-10 cycloalkyl, C 3-12 cycloalkylalkyl, C 1-12 alkoxy, monocyclic and bicyclic aryl, monocyclic and bicyclic heteroaryl, monocyclic and bicyclic heterocyclyl, and monocyclic and bicyclic non-aromatic heterocycle, wherein C 1-12 alkyl, monocyclic or bicyclic C 3-10 cycloalkyl, C 3-12 cycloalkylalkyl, C 1-12 alkoxy, monocyclic and bicyclic aryl, monocyclic and bicyclic heteroaryl, monocyclic and bicyclic heterocyclyl, and monocyclic and bicyclic non-aromatic heterocycle can be optionally substituted from 1 to 3 times with R 8 ;
  • R 6 , R 7 are each independently selected from the group consisting of H, C 1-6 alkyl, and arylalkyl;
  • R 6 and R 7 are taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached to form a piperidine, pyrrolidine, azepane, or morpholine ring, wherein piperidine, pyrrolidine, azepane, or morpholine ring can be optionally substituted 1 to 3 times with R 9 ;
  • R 8 is selected independently at each occurrence thereof from the group consisting of halogen, C 1-6 alkyl, C 3-8 cycloalkyl, aryl, and arylalkyl, wherein C 1-6 alkyl, C 3-8 cycloalkyl, aryl, and arylalkyl can be optionally substituted 1 to 3 times with R 9 ;
  • R 9 is selected from the group consisting of H, halogen, C 1-6 alkyl, C 3-8 cycloalkyl, and aryl, wherein C 1-6 alkyl can be optionally substituted 1 to 3 times with halogen;
  • R 10 is H or arylalkyl
  • X is monocyclic and bicyclic heteroaryl, monocyclic and bicyclic heterocyclyl, or monocyclic and bicyclic non-aromatic heterocycle
  • Y is optional and, if present, is —(CH 2 ) m —;
  • Z is optional and, if present, is aryl
  • n 0, 1, or 2;
  • n 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4;
  • compound has the Formula (I′A):
  • A is NH, N, O, or S.
  • compound has the Formula (PB):
  • A is NH, N, O, or S
  • B is NH, N, O, or S.
  • compound has the Formula (I′C):
  • compound has the Formula (I′D):
  • compound has the Formula (I′E):
  • compound has the Formula (I′F):
  • compound has the Formula (I′G):
  • compound has the Formula (I′C′):
  • compound has the Formula (I′D′):
  • compound has the Formula (I′E′):
  • compound has the Formula (I′F′):
  • compound has the Formula (I′G′):
  • One embodiment relates to the compound of Formulae (I′) where R 1 is H or Me.
  • Another embodiment relates to the compound of Formulae (I′) where R 4 is H, Me, or F.
  • Yet another embodiment relates to the compound of Formulae (I′) where Y is —CH 2 —.
  • Another embodiment relates to the compound of Formulae (I′) where n Z is
  • a further embodiment relates to the compound of Formulae (I′) where the compound has a structure selected from the group consisting of:
  • compound has the Formula:
  • compound has the Formula (II):
  • R is H or C 1-6 alkyl
  • R 1 is H or C 1-6 alkyl
  • R and R 1 are taken together with the carbon to which they are attached to form a C 3-8 cycloalkyl ring;
  • R 2 is independently selected at each occurrence thereof from the group consisting of C 1-6 alkyl, and —(CH 2 ) n C(O)NR 6 R 7 , wherein C 1-6 alkyl can be optionally substituted from 1 to 3 times with a substituent selected independently at each occurrence thereof from OH or C(O)OR 10 ;
  • R 3 is independently selected at each occurrence thereof from the group consisting of H, -Boc, —C(O)(CH 2 ) n R 5 , —(CH 2 ) n C(O)R 5 , —C(O)OR 5 , —C(O)(CH 2 ) n NR 6 R 7 , —S(O) 2 R 5 , monocyclic and bicyclic heteroaryl, monocyclic and bicyclic heterocyclyl, and monocyclic and bicyclic non-aromatic heterocycle, wherein monocyclic and bicyclic heteroaryl, monocyclic and bicyclic heterocyclyl, and monocyclic and bicyclic non-aromatic heterocycle can be optionally substituted from 1 to 3 times with C 1-6 alkyl;
  • R 4 is H, C 1-12 alkyl, or halogen
  • R 5 is selected from the group consisting of C 1-12 alkyl, monocyclic or bicyclic C 3-10 cycloalkyl, C 3-12 cycloalkylalkyl, C 1-12 alkoxy, monocyclic and bicyclic aryl, monocyclic and bicyclic heteroaryl, monocyclic and bicyclic heterocyclyl, and monocyclic and bicyclic non-aromatic heterocycle, wherein C 1-12 alkyl, monocyclic or bicyclic C 3-10 cycloalkyl, C 3-12 cycloalkylalkyl, C 1-12 alkoxy, monocyclic and bicyclic aryl, monocyclic and bicyclic heteroaryl, monocyclic and bicyclic heterocyclyl, and monocyclic and bicyclic non-aromatic heterocycle can be optionally substituted from 1 to 3 times with R 8 ;
  • R 6 , R 7 are each independently selected from the group consisting of H, C 1-6 alkyl, and arylalkyl;
  • R 6 and R 7 are taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached to form a piperidine, pyrrolidine, azepane, or morpholine ring, wherein piperidine, pyrrolidine, azepane, or morpholine ring can be optionally substituted 1 to 3 times with R 9 ;
  • R 8 is selected independently at each occurrence thereof from the group consisting of halogen, C 1-6 alkyl, C 3-8 cycloalkyl, aryl, and arylalkyl, wherein C 1-6 alkyl, C 3-8 cycloalkyl, aryl, and arylalkyl can be optionally substituted 1 to 3 times with R 9 ;
  • R 9 is selected from the group consisting of H, halogen, C 1-6 alkyl, C 3-8 cycloalkyl, and aryl, wherein C 1-6 alkyl can be optionally substituted 1 to 3 times with halogen;
  • R 10 is H or arylalkyl
  • X is monocyclic and bicyclic heteroaryl, monocyclic and bicyclic heterocyclyl, or monocyclic and bicyclic non-aromatic heterocycle
  • Y is optional and, if present, is —(CH 2 ) m —;
  • Z is optional and, if present, is aryl
  • W is N or CH
  • n 0, 1, or 2;
  • n 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4;
  • Another aspect of the present invention relates to a method of treating bacterial infections, parasite infections, fungal infections, cancer, immunologic disorders, autoimmune disorders, neurodegenerative diseases and disorders, inflammatory disorders, or muscular dystrophy, in a subject or for achieving immunosuppression in transplanted organs or tissues in a subject.
  • This method includes administering to the subject in need thereof a compound of Formula (I):
  • R is H or C 1-6 alkyl
  • R′ is H or C 1-6 alkyl
  • R 1 is H or C 1-6 alkyl
  • R and R 1 are taken together with the carbon to which they are attached to form a C 3-8 cycloalkyl ring;
  • R 2 is independently selected at each occurrence thereof from
  • R 3 is independently selected at each occurrence thereof from the group consisting of H, C 1-12 alkyl, -Boc, —C(O)(CH 2 ) n R 5 , —(CH 2 ) n C(O)R 5 , —C(O)OR 5 , —C(O)(CH 2 ) n NR 6 R 7 , —S(O) 2 R 5 , monocyclic and bicyclic heteroaryl, monocyclic and bicyclic heterocyclyl, and monocyclic and bicyclic non-aromatic heterocycle, wherein monocyclic and bicyclic heteroaryl, monocyclic and bicyclic heterocyclyl, and monocyclic and bicyclic non-aromatic heterocycle can be optionally substituted from 1 to 3 times with R 8 ;
  • R 6 , R 7 are each independently selected from the group consisting of H, C 1-6 alkyl, and arylalkyl;
  • R 8 is selected independently at each occurrence thereof from the group consisting of halogen, C 1-6 alkyl, C 3-8 cycloalkyl, aryl, and arylalkyl, wherein C 1-6 alkyl, C 3-8 cycloalkyl, aryl, and arylalkyl can be optionally substituted 1 to 3 times with R 9 ;
  • R 9 is selected from the group consisting of H, halogen, C 1-6 alkyl, C 3-8 cycloalkyl, and aryl, wherein C 1-6 alkyl can be optionally substituted 1 to 3 times with halogen;
  • R 10 is H or arylalkyl
  • W is CHR 2 , NR 2 , or
  • X is selected from the group consisting of —C(O)—NH—, monocyclic and bicyclic heteroaryl, monocyclic and bicyclic heterocyclyl, and monocyclic and bicyclic non-aromatic heterocycle;
  • Y is optional and, if present, is —(CH 2 ) m —;
  • Z is optional and, if present, is aryl or bicyclic heteroaryl
  • k 1 or 2;
  • n 0, 1, or 2;
  • n 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4
  • One embodiment of the present invention relates to a method of treating bacterial infections, parasite infections, fungal infections, cancer, immunologic disorders, autoimmune disorders, neurodegenerative diseases and disorders, inflammatory disorders, or muscular dystrophy, in a subject or for achieving immunosuppression in transplanted organs or tissues in a subject.
  • This method includes administering to the subject in need thereof a compound of Formula (I′):
  • R is H or C 1-6 alkyl
  • R 1 is H or C 1-6 alkyl
  • R and R 1 are taken together with the carbon to which they are attached to form a C 3-8 cycloalkyl ring;
  • R 2 is independently selected at each occurrence thereof from the group consisting of C 1-6 alkyl, and —(CH 2 ) n C(O)NR 6 R 7 , wherein C 1-6 alkyl can be optionally substituted from 1 to 3 times with a substituent selected independently at each occurrence thereof from OH or C(O)OR 10 ;
  • R 3 is independently selected at each occurrence thereof from the group consisting of H, -Boc, —C(O)(CH 2 ) n R 5 , —(CH 2 ) n C(O)R 5 , —C(O)OR 5 , —C(O)(CH 2 )—NR 6 R 7 , —S(O) 2 R 5 , monocyclic and bicyclic heteroaryl, monocyclic and bicyclic heterocyclyl, and monocyclic and bicyclic non-aromatic heterocycle, wherein monocyclic and bicyclic heteroaryl, monocyclic and bicyclic heterocyclyl, and monocyclic and bicyclic non-aromatic heterocycle can be optionally substituted from 1 to 3 times with C 1-6 alkyl;
  • R 4 is H, C 1-12 alkyl, or halogen
  • R 5 is selected from the group consisting of C 1-12 alkyl, monocyclic or bicyclic C 3-10 cycloalkyl, C 3-12 cycloalkylalkyl, C 1-12 alkoxy, monocyclic and bicyclic aryl, monocyclic and bicyclic heteroaryl, monocyclic and bicyclic heterocyclyl, and monocyclic and bicyclic non-aromatic heterocycle, wherein C 1-12 alkyl, monocyclic or bicyclic C 3-10 cycloalkyl, C 3-12 cycloalkylalkyl, C 1-12 alkoxy, monocyclic and bicyclic aryl, monocyclic and bicyclic heteroaryl, monocyclic and bicyclic heterocyclyl, and monocyclic and bicyclic non-aromatic heterocycle can be optionally substituted from 1 to 3 times with R 8 ;
  • R 6 , R 7 are each independently selected from the group consisting of H, C 1-6 alkyl, and arylalkyl;
  • R 6 and R 7 are taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached to form a piperidine, pyrrolidine, azepane, or morpholine ring, wherein piperidine, pyrrolidine, azepane, or morpholine ring can be optionally substituted 1 to 3 times with R 9 ;
  • R 8 is selected independently at each occurrence thereof from the group consisting of halogen, C 1-6 alkyl, C 3-8 cycloalkyl, aryl, and arylalkyl, wherein C 1-6 alkyl, C 3-8 cycloalkyl, aryl, and arylalkyl can be optionally substituted 1 to 3 times with R 9 ;
  • R 9 is selected from the group consisting of H, halogen, C 1-6 alkyl, C 3-8 cycloalkyl, and aryl, wherein C 1-6 alkyl can be optionally substituted 1 to 3 times with halogen;
  • R 10 is H or arylalkyl
  • X is monocyclic and bicyclic heteroaryl, monocyclic and bicyclic heterocyclyl, or monocyclic and bicyclic non-aromatic heterocycle
  • Y is optional and, if present, is —(CH 2 ) m —;
  • Z is optional and, if present, is aryl
  • n 0, 1, or 2;
  • n 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4;
  • Another aspect of the present invention relates to a method of treating bacterial infections, parasite infections, fungal infections, cancer, immunologic disorders, autoimmune disorders, neurodegenerative diseases and disorders, inflammatory disorders, or muscular dystrophy, in a subject or for achieving immunosuppression in transplanted organs or tissues in a subject.
  • This method includes administering to the subject in need thereof a compound of Formula:
  • Another aspect of the present invention relates to a method of treating bacterial infections, parasite infections, fungal infections, cancer, immunologic disorders, autoimmune disorders, neurodegenerative diseases and disorders, inflammatory disorders, or muscular dystrophy, in a subject or for achieving immunosuppression in transplanted organs or tissues in a subject.
  • This method includes administering to the subject in need thereof a compound of Formula (II):
  • R is H or C 1-6 alkyl
  • R 1 is H or C 1-6 alkyl
  • R and R 1 are taken together with the carbon to which they are attached to form a C 3-8 cycloalkyl ring;
  • R 2 is independently selected at each occurrence thereof from the group consisting of C 1-6 alkyl, and —(CH 2 ) n C(O)NR 6 R 7 , wherein C 1-6 alkyl can be optionally substituted from 1 to 3 times with a substituent selected independently at each occurrence thereof from OH or C(O)OR 10 ;
  • R 3 is independently selected at each occurrence thereof from the group consisting of H, -Boc, —C(O)(CH 2 ) n R 5 , —(CH 2 ) n C(O)R 5 , —C(O)OR 5 , —C(O)(CH 2 ) n NR 6 R 7 , —S(O) 2 R 5 , monocyclic and bicyclic heteroaryl, monocyclic and bicyclic heterocyclyl, and monocyclic and bicyclic non-aromatic heterocycle, wherein monocyclic and bicyclic heteroaryl, monocyclic and bicyclic heterocyclyl, and monocyclic and bicyclic non-aromatic heterocycle can be optionally substituted from 1 to 3 times with C 1-6 alkyl;
  • R 4 is H, C 1-12 alkyl, or halogen
  • R 5 is selected from the group consisting of C 1-12 alkyl, monocyclic or bicyclic C 3-10 cycloalkyl, C 3-12 cycloalkylalkyl, C 1-12 alkoxy, monocyclic and bicyclic aryl, monocyclic and bicyclic heteroaryl, monocyclic and bicyclic heterocyclyl, and monocyclic and bicyclic non-aromatic heterocycle, wherein C 1-12 alkyl, monocyclic or bicyclic C 3-10 cycloalkyl, C 3-12 cycloalkylalkyl, C 1-12 alkoxy, monocyclic and bicyclic aryl, monocyclic and bicyclic heteroaryl, monocyclic and bicyclic heterocyclyl, and monocyclic and bicyclic non-aromatic heterocycle can be optionally substituted from 1 to 3 times with R 8 ;
  • R 6 , R 7 are each independently selected from the group consisting of H, C 1-6 alkyl, and arylalkyl;
  • R 6 and R 7 are taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached to form a piperidine, pyrrolidine, azepane, or morpholine ring, wherein piperidine, pyrrolidine, azepane, or morpholine ring can be optionally substituted 1 to 3 times with R 9 ;
  • R 8 is selected independently at each occurrence thereof from the group consisting of halogen, C 1-6 alkyl, C 3-8 cycloalkyl, aryl, and arylalkyl, wherein C 1-6 alkyl, C 3-8 cycloalkyl, aryl, and arylalkyl can be optionally substituted 1 to 3 times with R 9 ;
  • R 9 is selected from the group consisting of H, halogen, C 1-6 alkyl, C 3-8 cycloalkyl, and aryl, wherein C 1-6 alkyl can be optionally substituted 1 to 3 times with halogen;
  • R 10 is H or arylalkyl;
  • X is monocyclic and bicyclic heteroaryl, monocyclic and bicyclic heterocyclyl, or monocyclic and bicyclic non-aromatic heterocycle
  • Y is optional and, if present, is —(CH 2 ) m —;
  • Z is optional and, if present, is aryl
  • W is N or CH
  • n 0, 1, or 2;
  • n 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4;
  • bacterial infection is treated.
  • the bacterial infection is
  • parasite infection is treated.
  • the parasite infection is selected from, but not limited to, the group consisting of malaria, leishmaniasis, river blindness, Chagas disease, sleeping disease, cryptosporidiosis, amebiasis, cyclosporiasis, giardiasis, and toxoplasmosis.
  • parasite infection is veterinary parasite infection.
  • the veterinary parasite infection is caused by protozoan parasites, helminth parasites, arachnids, insects, or custaceans.
  • Exemplary protozoan parasites include, but are not limited to, Babesia divergens, Balantidium coli, Eimeria tenella, Giardia lamblia ( Giardia duodenalis ), Hammondia hammondi, Histomonas meleagridis, Isospora canis, Leishmania donovani, Leishmania infantum, Neospora caninum, Toxoplasma gondii, Trichomonas gallinae, Tritrichomonas foetus, Trypanosoma brucei, and Trypanosoma equiperdum.
  • Exemplary helminth parasites include, but are not limited to, Ancylostoma duodenale, Ascaris suum, Dicrocoelium dendriticum, Dictyocaulus viviparus, Dipylidium caninum, Echinococcus granulosus, Fasciola hepatica, Fascioloides magna, Habronema species, Haemonchus contortus, Metastrongylus, Muellerius capillaris, Ostertagia ostertagi, Paragonimus westermani, Schistosoma bovis, Strongyloides species, Strongylus vulgaris, Syngamus trachea (Gapeworm), Taenia pisiformis, Taenia saginata, Taenia solium, Toxocara canis, Trichinella spiralis, Trichobilharzia regenti, Trichostrongylus species, and Trichuris suis.
  • Exemplary arachnids, insects, and custaceans include, but are not limited to, Caligus species, Cimex colombarius, Cimex lectularius, Culex pipiens, Culicoides imicola, Demodex bovis, Dermacentor reticulatus, Gasterophilus intestinalis, Haematobia irritans, Hypoderma bovis, Ixodes ricinus, Knemidocoptes mutans, Lepeophtheirus salmonis, Lucilia sericata, Musca domestica, Nosema apis, Notoedres cati, Oestrus ovis, Otodectes cynotis, Phlebotomus species, Psoroptes ovis, Pulex irritans, Rhipicephalus sanguineus, Sarcoptes equi, Sarcophaga carnaria, Tabanus atratus, Triatoma species, Ctenocephalides canis, and Ctenocephalides felis.
  • an autoimmune disorder is treated.
  • the autoimmune disorder is selected from the group consisting of arthritis, colitis, multiple sclerosis, lupus, Sjogren Syndrome, Systemic Lupus Erythematosus and lupus nephritis, glomerulonephritis, Rheumatoid Arthritis, Inflammatory bowel disease (IBD), ulcerative colitis, Crohn's diseases, Psoriasis, and asthma.
  • immunosuppression is provided for transplanted organs or tissues.
  • the immunosuppression is used to prevent transplant rejection and graft-verse-host disease.
  • an inflammatory disorder is treated.
  • the inflammatory disorder is Crohn's disease.
  • cancer refers to a cellular disorder characterized by uncontrolled or disregulated cell proliferation, decreased cellular differentiation, inappropriate ability to invade surrounding tissue, and/or ability to establish new growth at ectopic sites.
  • cancer includes, but is not limited to, solid tumors and bloodborne tumors.
  • cancer encompasses diseases of skin, tissues, organs, bone, cartilage, blood, and vessels.
  • cancer further encompasses primary and metastatic cancers.
  • Non-limiting examples of solid tumors that can be treated with the disclosed proteasome inhibitors include pancreatic cancer; bladder cancer; colorectal cancer; breast cancer, including metastatic breast cancer; prostate cancer, including androgen-dependent and androgen-independent prostate cancer; renal cancer, including, e.g., metastatic renal cell carcinoma; hepatocellular cancer; lung cancer, including, e.g., non-small cell lung cancer (NSCLC), bronchioloalveolar carcinoma (BAC), and adenocarcinoma of the lung; ovarian cancer, including, e.g., progressive epithelial or primary peritoneal cancer; cervical cancer; gastric cancer; esophageal cancer; head and neck cancer, including, e.g., squamous cell carcinoma of the head and neck; melanoma; neuroendocrine cancer, including metastatic neuroendocrine tumors; brain tumors, including, e.g., glioma, anaplastic oligodendroglioma, adult
  • cancer is treated.
  • the cancer is selected from the group consisting of neoplastic disorders, hematologic malignances, lymphocytic malignancies, mantel cell lymphoma, leukemia, Waldenstrom Macroglobulinemia, pancreatic cancer, bladder cancer, colorectal cancer, breast cancer, metastatic breast cancer, prostate cancer, androgen-dependent and androgen-independent prostate cancer, renal cancer, metastatic renal cell carcinoma, hepatocellular cancer, lung cancer, non-small cell lung cancer (NSCLC), bronchioloalveolar carcinoma (BAC), and adenocarcinoma of the lung, ovarian cancer, progressive epithelial or primary peritoneal cancer, cervical cancer, gastric cancer, esophageal cancer, head and neck cancer, squamous cell carcinoma of the head and neck, melanoma, neuroendocrine cancer, metastatic neuroendocrine tumors, brain tumors, glioma, anaplastic oligodendroglioma, adult
  • a neurodegenerative disease or disorder is treated.
  • the neurodegenerative disease or disorder is Amyotrophic Lateral Sclerosis (ALS) or Multiple Sclerosis (MS).
  • Another aspect of the present invention relates to a method of inhibiting proteasome activity.
  • This method includes contacting a proteasome with a compound of Formula (I):
  • R is H or C 1-6 alkyl
  • R′ is H or C 1-6 alkyl
  • R 1 is H or C 1-6 alkyl
  • R and R 1 are taken together with the carbon to which they are attached to form a C 3-8 cycloalkyl ring;
  • R 2 is independently selected at each occurrence thereof from
  • R 3 is independently selected at each occurrence thereof from the group consisting of H, C 1-12 alkyl, -Boc, —C(O)(CH 2 ) n R 5 , —(CH 2 ) n C(O)R 5 , —C(O)OR 5 , —C(O)(CH 2 ) n NR 6 R 7 , —S(O) 2 R 5 , monocyclic and bicyclic heteroaryl, monocyclic and bicyclic heterocyclyl, and monocyclic and bicyclic non-aromatic heterocycle, wherein monocyclic and bicyclic heteroaryl, monocyclic and bicyclic heterocyclyl, and monocyclic and bicyclic non-aromatic heterocycle can be optionally substituted from 1 to 3 times with R 8 ;
  • R 4 is H, halogen, NH 2 , NHCOOC 1-12 alkyl, or C 1-12 alkyl;
  • R 5 is selected from the group consisting of C 1-12 alkyl, monocyclic or bicyclic C 3-10 cycloalkyl, C 3-12 cycloalkylalkyl, C 1-12 alkoxy, monocyclic and bicyclic aryl, monocyclic and bicyclic heteroaryl, monocyclic and bicyclic heterocyclyl, and monocyclic and bicyclic non-aromatic heterocycle, wherein C 1-12 alkyl, monocyclic or bicyclic C 3-10 cycloalkyl, C 3-12 cycloalkylalkyl, C 1-12 alkoxy, monocyclic and bicyclic aryl, monocyclic and bicyclic heteroaryl, monocyclic and bicyclic heterocyclyl, and monocyclic and bicyclic non-aromatic heterocycle can be optionally substituted from 1 to 3 times with R 8 ;
  • R 6 , R 7 are each independently selected from the group consisting of H, C 1-6 alkyl, and arylalkyl;
  • R 6 and R 7 are taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached to form a piperidine, pyrrolidine, azepane, or morpholine ring, wherein piperidine, pyrrolidine, azepane, or morpholine ring can be optionally substituted 1 to 3 times with R 9 ;
  • R 8 is selected independently at each occurrence thereof from the group consisting of halogen, C 1-6 alkyl, C 3-8 cycloalkyl, aryl, and arylalkyl, wherein C 1-6 alkyl, C 3-8 cycloalkyl, aryl, and arylalkyl can be optionally substituted 1 to 3 times with R 9 ;
  • R 9 is selected from the group consisting of H, halogen, C 1-6 alkyl, C 3-8 cycloalkyl, and aryl, wherein C 1-6 alkyl can be optionally substituted 1 to 3 times with halogen;
  • R 10 is H or arylalkyl
  • W is CHR 2 , NR 2 , or
  • X is selected from the group consisting of —C(O)—NH—, monocyclic and bicyclic heteroaryl, monocyclic and bicyclic heterocyclyl, and monocyclic and bicyclic non-aromatic heterocycle;
  • Y is optional and, if present, is —(CH 2 ) m —;
  • Z is optional and, if present, is aryl or bicyclic heteroaryl
  • k 1 or 2;
  • n 0, 1, or 2;
  • n 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4
  • R 2 is not —CH 2 C(O)NH 2 , —CH 2 C(O)NHCH 2 C(CH 3 ) 3 , or —(CH 2 ) 2 C(O)NH 2 , or an oxide thereof, a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, a solvate thereof, or a prodrug thereof under conditions effective to inhibit proteasome activity.
  • One embodiment of the present invention relates to a method of inhibiting proteasome activity. This method includes contacting a proteasome with a compound of Formula (I′):
  • R is H or C 1-6 alkyl
  • R 1 is H or C 1-6 alkyl
  • R and R 1 are taken together with the carbon to which they are attached to form a C 3-8 cycloalkyl ring;
  • R 2 is independently selected at each occurrence thereof from the group consisting of C 1-6 alkyl, and —(CH 2 ) n C(O)NR 6 R 7 , wherein C 1-6 alkyl can be optionally substituted from 1 to 3 times with a substituent selected independently at each occurrence thereof from OH or C(O)OR 10 ;
  • R 3 is independently selected at each occurrence thereof from the group consisting of H, -Boc, —C(O)(CH 2 ) n R 5 , —(CH 2 )—C(O)R 5 , —C(O)OR 5 , —C(O)(CH 2 )—NR 6 R 7 , —S(O) 2 R 5 , monocyclic and bicyclic heteroaryl, monocyclic and bicyclic heterocyclyl, and monocyclic and bicyclic non-aromatic heterocycle, wherein monocyclic and bicyclic heteroaryl, monocyclic and bicyclic heterocyclyl, and monocyclic and bicyclic non-aromatic heterocycle can be optionally substituted from 1 to 3 times with C 1-6 alkyl;
  • R 4 is H, C 1-12 alkyl, or halogen
  • R 5 is selected from the group consisting of C 1-12 alkyl, monocyclic or bicyclic C 3-10 cycloalkyl, C 3-12 cycloalkylalkyl, C 1-12 alkoxy, monocyclic and bicyclic aryl, monocyclic and bicyclic heteroaryl, monocyclic and bicyclic heterocyclyl, and monocyclic and bicyclic non-aromatic heterocycle, wherein C 1-12 alkyl, monocyclic or bicyclic C 3-10 cycloalkyl, C 3-12 cycloalkylalkyl, monocyclic and bicyclic aryl, monocyclic and bicyclic heteroaryl, monocyclic and bicyclic heterocyclyl, and monocyclic and bicyclic non-aromatic heterocycle can be optionally substituted from 1 to 3 times with R 8 ;
  • R 6 , R 7 are each independently selected from the group consisting of H, C 1-6 alkyl, and arylalkyl;
  • R 6 and R 7 are taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached to form a piperidine, pyrrolidine, azepane, or morpholine ring, wherein piperidine, pyrrolidine, azepane, or morpholine ring can be optionally substituted 1 to 3 times with R 9 ;
  • R 8 is selected independently at each occurrence thereof from the group consisting of halogen, C 1-6 alkyl, C 3-8 cycloalkyl, aryl, and arylalkyl, wherein C 1-6 alkyl, C 3-8 cycloalkyl, aryl, and arylalkyl can be optionally substituted 1 to 3 times with R 9 ;
  • R 9 is selected from the group consisting of H, halogen, C 1-6 alkyl, C 3-8 cycloalkyl, and aryl, wherein C 1-6 alkyl can be optionally substituted 1 to 3 times with halogen;
  • R 10 is H or arylalkyl
  • X is monocyclic and bicyclic heteroaryl, monocyclic and bicyclic heterocyclyl, or monocyclic and bicyclic non-aromatic heterocycle
  • Y is optional and, if present, is —(CH 2 ) m —;
  • Z is optional and, if present, is aryl
  • n 0, 1, or 2;
  • n 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4;
  • Another aspect of the present invention relates to a method of inhibiting proteasome activity.
  • This method includes contacting a proteasome with a compound of Formula (II):
  • Another aspect of the present invention relates to a method of inhibiting proteasome activity.
  • This method includes contacting a proteasome with a compound of Formula (II):
  • R is H or C 1-6 alkyl
  • R 1 is H or C 1-6 alkyl
  • R and R 1 are taken together with the carbon to which they are attached to form a C 3-8 cycloalkyl ring;
  • R 2 is independently selected at each occurrence thereof from the group consisting of C 1-6 alkyl, and —(CH 2 ) n C(O)NR 6 R 7 , wherein C 1-6 alkyl can be optionally substituted from 1 to 3 times with a substituent selected independently at each occurrence thereof from OH or C(O)OR 10 ;
  • R 3 is independently selected at each occurrence thereof from the group consisting of H, -Boc, —C(O)(CH 2 ) n R 5 , —(CH 2 )—C(O)R 5 , —C(O)OR 5 , —C(O)(CH 2 )—NR 6 R 7 , —S(O) 2 R 5 , monocyclic and bicyclic heteroaryl, monocyclic and bicyclic heterocyclyl, and monocyclic and bicyclic non-aromatic heterocycle, wherein monocyclic and bicyclic heteroaryl, monocyclic and bicyclic heterocyclyl, and monocyclic and bicyclic non-aromatic heterocycle can be optionally substituted from 1 to 3 times with C 1-6 alkyl;
  • R 4 is H, C 1-12 alkyl, or halogen
  • R 5 is selected from the group consisting of C 1-12 alkyl, monocyclic or bicyclic C 3-10 cycloalkyl, C 3-12 cycloalkylalkyl, C 1-12 alkoxy, monocyclic and bicyclic aryl, monocyclic and bicyclic heteroaryl, monocyclic and bicyclic heterocyclyl, and monocyclic and bicyclic non-aromatic heterocycle, wherein C 1-12 alkyl, monocyclic or bicyclic C 3-10 cycloalkyl, C 3-12 cycloalkylalkyl, C 1-12 alkoxy, monocyclic and bicyclic aryl, monocyclic and bicyclic heteroaryl, monocyclic and bicyclic heterocyclyl, and monocyclic and bicyclic non-aromatic heterocycle can be optionally substituted from 1 to 3 times with R 8 ;
  • R 6 , R 7 are each independently selected from the group consisting of H, C 1-6 alkyl, and arylalkyl;
  • R 6 and R 7 are taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached to form a piperidine, pyrrolidine, azepane, or morpholine ring, wherein piperidine, pyrrolidine, azepane, or morpholine ring can be optionally substituted 1 to 3 times with R 9 ;
  • R 8 is selected independently at each occurrence thereof from the group consisting of halogen, C 1-6 alkyl, C 3-8 cycloalkyl, aryl, and arylalkyl, wherein C 1-6 alkyl, C 3-8 cycloalkyl, aryl, and arylalkyl can be optionally substituted 1 to 3 times with R 9 ;
  • R 9 is selected from the group consisting of H, halogen, C 1-6 alkyl, C 3-8 cycloalkyl, and aryl, wherein C 1-6 alkyl can be optionally substituted 1 to 3 times with halogen;
  • R 10 is H or arylalkyl
  • X is monocyclic and bicyclic heteroaryl, monocyclic and bicyclic heterocyclyl, or monocyclic and bicyclic non-aromatic heterocycle
  • Y is optional and, if present, is —(CH 2 ) m —;
  • Z is optional and, if present, is aryl
  • W is N or CH
  • n 0, 1, or 2;
  • n 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4;
  • another aspect of the present invention is a pharmaceutical composition containing a therapeutically effective amount of the compound of Formula (I), Formula (IA), Formula (IB), Formula (IC), Formula (I′), Formula (I′A), Formula (PB), Formula (I′C), Formula (I′D), Formula (I′E), Formula (I′F), Formula (I′G), Formula (I′C′), Formula (I′D′), Formula (I′E′), Formula (I′F′), Formula (I′G′), and Formula (II), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • the carrier must be “acceptable” in the sense of being compatible with the other ingredients of the formulation and not deleterious to the recipient thereof.
  • agents suitable for treating a subject can be administered using any method standard in the art.
  • the agents in their appropriate delivery form, can be administered orally, intradermally, intramuscularly, intraperitoneally, intravenously, subcutaneously, or intranasally.
  • the compositions of the present invention may be administered alone or with suitable pharmaceutical carriers, and can be in solid or liquid form, such as tablets, capsules, powders, solutions, suspensions, or emulsions.
  • the agents of the present invention may be orally administered, for example, with an inert diluent, or with an assimilable edible carrier, or it may be enclosed in hard or soft shell capsules, or it may be compressed into tablets, or they may be incorporated directly with the food of the diet.
  • Agents of the present invention may also be administered in a time release manner incorporated within such devices as time-release capsules or nanotubes. Such devices afford flexibility relative to time and dosage.
  • the agents of the present invention may be incorporated with excipients and used in the form of tablets, capsules, elixirs, suspensions, syrups, and the like.
  • Such compositions and preparations should contain at least 0.1% of the agent, although lower concentrations may be effective and indeed optimal.
  • the percentage of the agent in these compositions may, of course, be varied and may conveniently be between about 2% to about 60% of the weight of the unit.
  • the amount of an agent of the present invention in such therapeutically useful compositions is such that a suitable dosage will be obtained
  • oral dosage forms of the agents of the present invention are also contemplated.
  • the agents may be chemically modified so that oral delivery of the derivative is efficacious.
  • the chemical modification contemplated is the attachment of at least one moiety to the component molecule itself, where said moiety permits (a) inhibition of proteolysis; and (b) uptake into the blood stream from the stomach or intestine.
  • the increase in overall stability of the component or components and increase in circulation time in the body are also contemplated.
  • moieties include: polyethylene glycol, copolymers of ethylene glycol and propylene glycol, carboxymethyl cellulose, dextran, polyvinyl alcohol, polyvinyl pyrrolidone and polyproline (Abuchowski and Davis, “Soluble Polymer-Enzyme Adducts,” In: Enzymes as Drugs, Hocenberg and Roberts, eds., Wiley-Interscience, New York, N.Y., pp. 367-383 (1981), which are hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety).
  • Other polymers that could be used are poly-1,3-dioxolane and poly-1,3,6-tioxocane.
  • Preferred for pharmaceutical usage, as indicated above, are polyethylene glycol moieties.
  • the tablets, capsules, and the like may also contain a binder such as gum tragacanth, acacia, corn starch, or gelatin; excipients such as dicalcium phosphate; a disintegrating agent such as corn starch, potato starch, alginic acid; a lubricant such as magnesium stearate; and a sweetening agent such as sucrose, lactose, sucrulose, or saccharin.
  • a binder such as gum tragacanth, acacia, corn starch, or gelatin
  • excipients such as dicalcium phosphate
  • a disintegrating agent such as corn starch, potato starch, alginic acid
  • a lubricant such as magnesium stearate
  • a sweetening agent such as sucrose, lactose, sucrulose, or saccharin.
  • a liquid carrier such as a fatty oil.
  • tablets may be coated with shellac, sugar, or both.
  • a syrup may contain, in addition to active ingredient, sucrose as a sweetening agent, methyl and propylparabens as preservatives, a dye, and flavoring such as cherry or orange flavor.
  • the agents of the present invention may also be administered parenterally.
  • Solutions or suspensions of the agent can be prepared in water suitably mixed with a surfactant such as hydroxypropylcellulose.
  • Dispersions can also be prepared in glycerol, liquid polyethylene glycols, and mixtures thereof in oils.
  • Illustrative oils are those of petroleum, animal, vegetable, or synthetic origin, for example, peanut oil, soybean oil, or mineral oil.
  • water, saline, aqueous dextrose and related sugar solution, and glycols, such as propylene glycol or polyethylene glycol are preferred liquid carriers, particularly for injectable solutions. Under ordinary conditions of storage and use, these preparations contain a preservative to prevent the growth of microorganisms.
  • the pharmaceutical forms suitable for injectable use include sterile aqueous solutions or dispersions and sterile powders for the extemporaneous preparation of sterile injectable solutions or dispersions.
  • the form must be sterile and must be fluid to the extent that easy syringability exists. It must be stable under the conditions of manufacture and storage and must be preserved against the contaminating action of microorganisms, such as bacteria and fungi.
  • the carrier can be a solvent or dispersion medium containing, for example, water, ethanol, polyol (e.g., glycerol, propylene glycol, and liquid polyethylene glycol), suitable mixtures thereof, and vegetable oils.
  • agents of the present invention When it is desirable to deliver the agents of the present invention systemically, they may be formulated for parenteral administration by injection, e.g., by bolus injection or continuous infusion.
  • Formulations for injection may be presented in unit dosage form, e.g., in ampoules or in multi-dose containers, with an added preservative.
  • the compositions may take such forms as suspensions, solutions or emulsions in oily or aqueous vehicles, and may contain formulatory agents such as suspending, stabilizing and/or dispersing agents.
  • Intraperitoneal or intrathecal administration of the agents of the present invention can also be achieved using infusion pump devices such as those described by Medtronic, Northridge, Calif. Such devices allow continuous infusion of desired compounds avoiding multiple injections and multiple manipulations.
  • the agents may also be formulated as a depot preparation.
  • Such long acting formulations may be formulated with suitable polymeric or hydrophobic materials (for example as an emulsion in an acceptable oil) or ion exchange resins, or as sparingly soluble derivatives, for example, as a sparingly soluble salt.
  • the agents of the present invention may also be administered directly to the airways in the form of an aerosol.
  • the agent of the present invention in solution or suspension may be packaged in a pressurized aerosol container together with suitable propellants, for example, hydrocarbon propellants like propane, butane, or isobutane with conventional adjuvants.
  • suitable propellants for example, hydrocarbon propellants like propane, butane, or isobutane with conventional adjuvants.
  • the agent of the present invention also may be administered in a non-pressurized form such as in a nebulizer or atomizer.
  • Effective doses of the compositions of the present invention, for the treatment of cancer or pathogen infection vary depending upon many different factors, including type and stage of cancer or the type of pathogen infection, means of administration, target site, physiological state of the patient, other medications or therapies administered, and physical state of the patient relative to other medical complications. Treatment dosages need to be titrated to optimize safety and efficacy.
  • the percentage of active ingredient in the compositions of the present invention may be varied, it being necessary that it should constitute a proportion such that a suitable dosage shall be obtained. Obviously, several unit dosage forms may be administered at about the same time.
  • the dose employed will be determined by the physician, and depends upon the desired therapeutic effect, the route of administration and the duration of the treatment, and the condition of the patient.
  • the doses are generally from about 0.01 to about 100 mg/kg body weight, preferably about 0.01 to about 10 mg/kg body weight per day by inhalation, from about 0.01 to about 100 mg/kg body weight, preferably 0.1 to 70 mg/kg body weight, more especially 0.1 to 10 mg/kg body weight per day by oral administration, and from about 0.01 to about 50 mg/kg body weight, preferably 0.01 to 10 mg/kg body weight per day by intravenous administration.
  • the doses will be determined in accordance with the factors distinctive to the subject to be treated, such as age, weight, general state of health, and other characteristics which can influence the efficacy of the medicinal product.
  • the products according to the present invention may be administered as frequently as necessary in order to obtain the desired therapeutic effect. Some patients may respond rapidly to a higher or lower dose and may find much weaker maintenance doses adequate. For other patients, it may be necessary to have long-term treatments at the rate of 1 to 4 doses per day, in accordance with the physiological requirements of each particular patient. Generally, the active product may be administered orally 1 to 4 times per day. It goes without saying that, for other patients, it will be necessary to prescribe not more than one or two doses per day.
  • Carboxylic acid (1.0 eq.), O-(7-azabenzotriazol-1-yl)-N,N,N,N′-tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate (HATU) (1.2 eq.), and 1-hydroxy-7-azabenzotriazole (HOAt) (0.6M in DMF) (1.0 eq.) were dissolved in DMF under argon atmosphere. The solution was cooled to 0° C. and amine was added. After stirring for 5 minutes at 0° C., Hünig's base (2-3 eq.) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at 0° C. for 1 hour. After completion of the reaction (1 hour, monitored by LCMS), water (10 mL) was added to the reaction mixture and the mixture was stirred for 30 minutes. Product was isolated by either ethyl acetate extraction or by filtering the precipitate.
  • HATU O-(7-azabenzotriazol-1-yl)-N,N,N,
  • the substance was dissolved in methanol. Palladium on carbon (10%) was added carefully. Air in the flask was exchanged with hydrogen. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3-4 hours under hydrogen atmosphere using a hydrogen balloon. After completion of reaction, the mixture was filtered through Celite. Filtrate was evaporated and dried under vacuum to give the product.
  • the primary amine (generally TFA salt) was dissolved in dichloromethane. The solution was cooled to 0° C. and triethylamine (2.0-3.0 eq.) was added. Sulfonyl chloride (1.5 eq.) was added to the solution in one portion and the reaction mixture was warmed to room temperature (over 15 minutes). After completion of reaction (2-3 hours), dichloromethane was evaporated and crude product was isolated by ethyl acetate extraction.
  • TFA salt triethylamine
  • the title compound was synthesized by following the general protocol for HATU mediated coupling of (S)-2-(tert-butoxycarbonylamino)propanoic acid and 3-fluorobenzene-1,2-diamine on a 2.0 mmol scale.
  • the product 600 mg, quant. ESI-MS (m/z): 298.22 (M+H + )) was isolated and used directly in the next step.
  • Example 106 Preparation of N-((S)-1-(((S)-1-(5-(2,4-Difluorophenyl)-1H-imidazol-2-yl)ethyl)amino)-4-((S)-2-methylpiperidin-1-yl)-1,4-dioxobutan-2-yl)-4-methylpentanamide (CEN-88)
  • Example 111 Preparation of N-((S)-1-(((S)-1-(5-(2,4-Difluorophenyl)-1H-imidazol-2-yl)ethyl)amino)-4-((S)-2-methylpiperidin-1-yl)-1,4-dioxobutan-2-yl)-1-methyl-1H-imidazole-4-carboxamide (CEN-93)
  • Example 129 Preparation of N-((S)-1-(((S)-1-(5-(2,4-Difluorophenyl)-1H-imidazol-2-yl)ethyl)amino)-1,4-dioxo-4-((R)-2-(trifluoromethyl)piperidin-1-yl)butan-2-yl)-4-methylpentanamide (CEN-111)
  • Example 138 Preparation of N-((S)-1,4-Dioxo-1-(((S)-1-(5-phenyl-1H-imidazol-2-yl)ethyl)amino)-4-((R)-2-phenylpyrrolidin-1-yl)butan-2-yl)-5-methylisoxazole-3-carboxamide (CEN-120)
  • reaction buffer 20 mM HEPES, 0.5 mM EDTA, pH7.5, 0.1% BSA
  • enzyme final concentration was 0.2 nM for c-20S, and 0.4 nM for i-20S
  • substrate 25 ⁇ M for suc-LLVY-AMC for ⁇ 5c and 15 ⁇ M for Ac-ANW-AMC
  • reaction buffer 20 mM HEPES, 0.5 mM EDTA, pH7.5, 0.1% BSA
  • enzyme final concentration was 0.2 nM for c-20S, and 0.4 nM for i-20S
  • substrate 25 ⁇ M for suc-LLVY-AMC for ⁇ 5c and 15 ⁇ M for Ac-ANW-AMC

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Biophysics (AREA)
  • Biochemistry (AREA)
  • Genetics & Genomics (AREA)
  • Molecular Biology (AREA)
  • Proteomics, Peptides & Aminoacids (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Oncology (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
  • Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)

Abstract

The compounds of the present invention are represented by the following compounds having Formula (I) and Formula (I′):where the substituents R, R1, R3, R4, R, W, X, Y, Z, k, and m are as defined herein andwhere the substituents R, R1, R2, R3, R4, X, Y, Z, and m are as defined herein. These compounds are used in the treatment of bacterial infections, parasite infections, fungal infections, cancer, immunologic disorders, autoimmune disorders, neurodegenerative diseases and disorders, inflammatory disorders, or muscular dystrophy or for providing immunosuppression for transplanted organs or tissues.

Description

  • This application claims the priority benefit of U.S. Provisional Patent Application Ser. No. 62/571,146, filed Oct. 11, 2017, which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety.
  • FIELD OF THE INVENTION
  • The present invention relates to peptidomimetic proteasome inhibitors.
  • BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
  • Proteasomes are highly conserved self-compartmentalizing proteases found in three kingdoms of life. A proteasome is a large, ATP-dependent, multi-subunit, barrel-shaped N-terminal nucleophile hydrolase present in the cytosol and nucleus of eukaryotic cells and is responsible for the degradation of the majority of cellular proteins (Baumeister et al., “The Proteasome: Paradigm of a Self-Compartmentalizing Protease,” Cell 92(3):367-380 (1998); Goldberg A L., “Functions of the Proteasome:from Protein Degradation and Immune Surveillance to Cancer Therapy,” Biochem. Soc. Trans. 35(Pt 1):12-17 (2007)). Through regulated degradation, a proteasome regulates protein homeostasis, the cell cycle, signal transduction, protein trafficking, immune responses, etc, which are important cellular functions. Degradation product oligopeptides are reservoirs of antigenic peptides for MHC class I antigen presentation.
  • The 20S core that is constitutively expressed in most cells (c-20S) is a stack of 4 rings of 14 α and β subunits organized in a α1-7β1-7β1-7α1-7 fashion, where 2 copies of each caspase-like β1, trypsin-like β2, and chymotrypsin-like β5 active subunits are located in the inner β rings (Baumeister, et al., “The Proteasome: Paradigm of a Self-Compartmentalizing Protease,” Cell 92:367-380 (1998)). The chymotrypsin-like β5 active subunits of the 20S have been clinically validated as a target for the treatment of multiple myeloma and certain lymphomas. Presently, there are three proteasome inhibitors that were approved by FDA: bortezomib, carfilzomib, and ixazomib: bortezomib and ixazomib are reversible peptide boronates and carfilzomib an irreversible peptide epoxyketone (Borissenko et al., “20S Proteasome and its Inhibitors: Crystallographic Knowledge for Drug Development,” Chem. Rev. 107:687-717 (2007); Parlati et al., Haematol-Hematol. J. 94:148-149 (2009); Huber et al., “Inhibitors for the Immuno- and Constitutive Proteasome: Current and Future Trends in Drug Development,” Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. Engl. 51(35):8708-8720 (2012)).
  • Proteasome inhibition interrupts many cellular pathways, particularly, the NF-kB activation pathway, the induction of unfolded protein response, and ER stress, while strongly inducing apoptosis. For this reason, highly specific proteasome inhibitors have been approved for the treatment of hematological cancer. Proteasome inhibitors can also markedly limit the overall supply of peptides for MHC class I molecules and, thus, block antigen presentation (Rock et al., “Protein Degradation and the Generation of MHC Class I-Presented Peptides,” Adv. Immunol. 80:1-70 (2002)). As a result, proteasome inhibitors reduce immune response via multiple routes. Antibody-secreting plasma cells are highly sensitive to proteasome inhibition and BTZ, which inhibits both c-20S and i-20S, has been used in renal transplant recipients to prevent antibody-mediated graft rejection (Aull et al., Clin Transpl 495-498 (2009); Raghavan et al., “Bortezomib in Kidney Transplantation,” J. Transplant. 2010: 698594 (2010); Al-Homsi et al., “Effect of Novel Proteasome and Immunoproteasome Inhibitors on Dendritic Cell Maturation, Function, and Expression of Iκb and Nfκb,” Transpl. Immunol. 29:1-6 (2013); Pai et al., “Treatment of Chronic Graft-Versus-Host Disease with Bortezomib,” Blood 124:1677-1688 (2014)). BTZ was also reported to be efficacious in patients with refractory systemic lupus erythematosus (Alexander et al., “The Proteasome Inhibitor Bortezomib Depletes Plasma Cells and Ameliorates Clinical Manifestations of Refractory Systemic Lupus Erythematosus,” Ann. Rheum. Dis. 74:1474-1478 (2015).
  • Plasmodium falciparum (P. falciparum), the most deadly of the human malarias, accounts for nearly 0.5 million deaths a year, primarily in children. The most important current therapies are combinations of artemisinins (ART). The emergence of ART resistant parasites (Ariey et al., “A Molecular Marker of Artemisinin-Resistant Plasmodium Falciparum Malaria,” Nature 505(7481):50-55 (2014); Straimer et al., “K13-Propeller Mutations Confer Artemisinin Resistance in Plasmodium Falciparum Clinical Isolates,” Science 347(6220):428-431 (2015); Dogovski et al., “Targeting the Cell Stress Response of Plasmodium Falciparum to Overcome Artemisinin Resistance,” PLoS Biol. 13(4):e1002132 (2015); Mbengue et al., “A Molecular Mechanism of Artemisinin Resistance in Plasmodium Falciparum Malaria,” Nature 520(7549):683-687 (2015)) highlights the need for new antimalarials with novel targets (Wells T N et al., “Malaria Medicines: a Glass Half Full?” Nat. Rev. Drug Discov. 14(6):424-442 (2015)). Upregulation of the ubiquitin proteasome system (UPS) is important for survival of artemisinin-resistant parasites and emphasizes the importance of the UPS in parasite survival and its importance as a drug target moving forward (Dogovski et al., “Targeting the Cell Stress Response of Plasmodium Falciparum to Overcome Artemisinin Resistance,” PLoS Biol. 13(4):e1002132 (2015); Mok et al., “Drug Resistance. Population Transcriptomics of Human Malaria Parasites Reveals the Mechanism of Artemisinin Resistance,” Science 347(6220):431-435(2015)).
  • Proteasome inhibitors are known to kill malaria parasites in vitro and are efficacious against multiple parasite stages; peptide epoxyketone inhibitors, a peptide vinyl sulfone inhibitor, and a cyclic peptide inhibitor, have potent anti-malarial activities (Dogovski et al., “Targeting the Cell Stress Response of Plasmodium Falciparum to Overcome Artemisinin Resistance,” PLoS Biol. 13(4):e1002132 (2015); Featherstone C. “Proteasome Inhibitors in Development for Malaria,” Mol. Med. Today 3(9):367 (1997); Gantt et al., “Proteasome Inhibitors Block Development of Plasmodium Spp,” Antimicrob. Agents Chemother. 42(10):2731-2738 (1948); Aminake et al., “The Proteasome of Malaria Parasites: A Multi-Stage Drug Target for Chemotherapeutic Intervention?” Int. J. Parasitol. Drugs Drug Resist. 2:1-10 (2012); Li et al., “Validation of the Proteasome as a Therapeutic Target in Plasmodium Using an Epoxyketone Inhibitor with Parasite-Specific Toxicity,” Chem. Biol. 19(12):1535-1545 (2012); Tschan et al., “Broad-Spectrum Antimalarial Activity of Peptido Sulfonyl Fluorides, a New Class of Proteasome Inhibitors,” Antimicrob. Agents Chemother. 57(8):3576-8354 (2013); Li et al., “Assessing Subunit Dependency of the Plasmodium Proteasome Using Small Molecule Inhibitors and Active Site Probes,” ACS Chem. Biol. 9(8):1869-1876 (2014); Li et al., “Structure- and Function-Based Design of Plasmodium-Selective Proteasome Inhibitors,” Nature 530(7589):233-236 (2016)). Bortezomib (BTZ) and MLN-273 were effective against plasmodium in blood and liver stages (Lindenthal et al., “The Proteasome Inhibitor MLN-273 Blocks Exoerythrocytic and Erythrocytic Development of Plasmodium Parasites,” Parasitology 131(Pt 1):37-44 (2005); Reynolds et al., “Antimalarial Activity of the Anticancer and Proteasome Inhibitor Bortezomib and its Analog ZL3B,” BMC. Clin. Pharmacol. 7:13 (2007)); MG-132 against blood stage and gametocytes (Lindenthal et al., “The Proteasome Inhibitor MLN-273 Blocks Exoerythrocytic and Erythrocytic Development of Plasmodium Parasites,” Parasitology 131(Pt 1):37-44 (2005); Prudhomme et al., “Marine Actinomycetes: a New Source of Compounds Against the Human Malaria Parasite,” PLoS One 3(6):e2335 (2008)); epoxomicin against blood and liver stages and gametocytes (Aminake et al., “Thiostrepton and Derivatives Exhibit Antimalarial And Gametocytocidal Activity by Dually Targeting Parasite Proteasome and Apicoplast,” Antimicrob. Agents Chemother. 55(4):1338-1348 (2011); Czesny et al., “The Proteasome Inhibitor Epoxomicin Has Potent Plasmodium Falciparum Gametocytocidal Activity,” Antimicrob. Agents Chemother. 53(10):4080-4085 (2009); Kreidenweiss et al., “Comprehensive Study of Proteasome Inhibitors Against Plasmodium Falciparum Laboratory Strains and Field Isolates From Gabon,” Malar. J. 7:187 (2008); Li et al., “Validation of the Proteasome as a Therapeutic Target in Plasmodium Using an Epoxyketone Inhibitor With Parasite-Specific Toxicity,” Chem. Biol. 19(12):1535-1545 (2012)). These inhibitors are in general not species selective. They are cytotoxic to host cells and unsuitable for treating malaria. There is an urgent need to develop Plasmodium spp. proteasome (Pf20S) selective inhibitors that target parasite proteasomes over human host proteasomes.
  • Species selective proteasome inhibitors have been reported (Hu et al., “Structure of the Mycobacterium Tuberculosis Proteasome and Mechanism of Inhibition by a Peptidyl Boronate,” Mol. Microbiol. 59:1417-1428 (2006); Li et al., “Structural Basis for the Assembly and Gate Closure Mechanisms of the Mycobacterium Tuberculosis 20S Proteasome,” Embo. J. 29:2037-2047 (2010); Lin et al., “N,C-Capped Dipeptides With Selectivity for Mycobacterial Proteasome Over Human Proteasomes: Role of S3 and S1 Binding Pockets,” J. Am. Chem. Soc. 135:9968-9971 (2013); Lin et al., “Mycobacterium Tuberculosis prcBA Genes Encode a Gated Proteasome With Broad Oligopeptide Specificity,” Mol. Microbiol. 59:1405-1416 (2006); Lin et al., “Fellutamide B is a Potent Inhibitor of the Mycobacterium Tuberculosis Proteasome,” Arch. Biochem. Biophys. 501:214-220 (2010); Lin et al., “Inhibitors Selective for Mycobacterial Versus Human Proteasomes,” Nature 461(7264):621-626 (2009); Lin et al., “Distinct Specificities of Mycobacterium Tuberculosis and Mammalian Proteasomes for N-Acetyl Tripeptide Substrates,” J. Biol. Chem. 283:34423-31 (2008)).
  • As shown by the above references, the proteasome represents an important target for therapeutic intervention of various disorders. Thus, there is an ongoing need for new and/or improved proteasome inhibitors.
  • The present invention is directed to overcoming these and other deficiencies in the art.
  • SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
  • A first aspect of the present invention relates to a compound of Formula (I):
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00003
  • wherein
  • R is H or C1-6 alkyl;
  • R′ is H or C1-6 alkyl;
      • R1 is H or C1-6 alkyl;
      • or R and R1 are taken together with the carbon to which they are attached to form a C3-8 cycloalkyl ring;
  • R2 is independently selected at each occurrence thereof from
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00004
  • or —(CH2)nC(O)NR6R7;
  • R3 is independently selected at each occurrence thereof from the group consisting of H, C1-12 alkyl, -Boc, —C(O)(CH2)nR5, —(CH2)nC(O)R5, —C(O)OR5, —C(O)(CH2)nNR6R7, —S(O)2R5, monocyclic and bicyclic heteroaryl, monocyclic and bicyclic heterocyclyl, and monocyclic and bicyclic non-aromatic heterocycle, wherein monocyclic and bicyclic heteroaryl, monocyclic and bicyclic heterocyclyl, and monocyclic and bicyclic non-aromatic heterocycle can be optionally substituted from 1 to 3 times with R8;
  • R4 is H, halogen, NH2, NHCOOC1-12 alkyl, or C1-12 alkyl;
  • R5 is selected from the group consisting of C1-12 alkyl, monocyclic or bicyclic C3-10 cycloalkyl, C3-12 cycloalkylalkyl, C1-12 alkoxy, monocyclic and bicyclic aryl, monocyclic and bicyclic heteroaryl, monocyclic and bicyclic heterocyclyl, and monocyclic and bicyclic non-aromatic heterocycle, wherein C1-12 alkyl, monocyclic or bicyclic C3-10 cycloalkyl, C3-12 cycloalkylalkyl, C1-12 alkoxy, monocyclic and bicyclic aryl, monocyclic and bicyclic heteroaryl, monocyclic and bicyclic heterocyclyl, and monocyclic and bicyclic non-aromatic heterocycle can be optionally substituted from 1 to 3 times with R8;
  • R6, R7 are each independently selected from the group consisting of H, C1-6 alkyl, and arylalkyl;
  • or R6 and R7 are taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached to form a piperidine, pyrrolidine, azepane, or morpholine ring, wherein piperidine, pyrrolidine, azepane, or morpholine ring can be optionally substituted 1 to 3 times with R9;
  • R8 is selected independently at each occurrence thereof from the group consisting of halogen, C1-6 alkyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, aryl, and arylalkyl, wherein C1-6 alkyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, aryl, and arylalkyl can be optionally substituted 1 to 3 times with R9;
  • R9 is selected from the group consisting of H, halogen, C1-6 alkyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, and aryl, wherein C1-6 alkyl can be optionally substituted 1 to 3 times with halogen;
  • R10 is H or arylalkyl;
  • W is CHR2, NR2, or
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00005
  • X is selected from the group consisting of —C(O)—NH—, monocyclic and bicyclic heteroaryl, monocyclic and bicyclic heterocyclyl, and monocyclic and bicyclic non-aromatic heterocycle;
  • Y is optional and, if present, is —(CH2)m—;
  • Z is optional and, if present, is aryl or bicyclic heteroaryl;
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00006
  • is the point of attachment to NHR3 moiety;
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00007
  • is the point of attachment to C(O) moiety;
  • k is 1 or 2;
  • m is 0, 1, or 2; and
  • n is 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4, with the proviso that R2 is not —CH2C(O)NH2, —CH2C(O)NHCH2C(CH3)3, or —(CH2)2C(O)NH2, or an oxide thereof, a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, a solvate thereof, or a prodrug thereof.
  • A second aspect of the present invention relates to a method of treating bacterial infections, parasite infections, fungal infections, cancer, immunologic disorders, autoimmune disorders, neurodegenerative diseases and disorders, inflammatory disorders, or muscular dystrophy, in a subject or for achieving immunosuppression in transplanted organs or tissues in a subject. This method includes administering to the subject in need thereof a compound according to any aspect of the present invention.
  • A third aspect of the present invention relates to a method of inhibiting proteasome activity. This method includes contacting a proteasome with a compound according to any aspect of the present invention under conditions effective to inhibit proteasome activity.
  • DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
  • A first aspect of the present invention relates to a compound of Formula (I):
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00008
  • wherein
  • R is H or C1-6 alkyl;
  • R′ is H or C1-6 alkyl;
  • R1 is H or C1-6 alkyl;
  • or R and R1 are taken together with the carbon to which they are attached to form a C3-8 cycloalkyl ring;
  • R2 is independently selected at each occurrence thereof from
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00009
  • or —(CH2)nC(O)NR6R7;
  • R3 is independently selected at each occurrence thereof from the group consisting of H, C1-12 alkyl, -Boc, —C(O)(CH2)nR5, —(CH2)nC(O)R5, —C(O)OR5, —C(O)(CH2)nNR6R7, —S(O)2R5, monocyclic and bicyclic heteroaryl, monocyclic and bicyclic heterocyclyl, and monocyclic and bicyclic non-aromatic heterocycle, wherein monocyclic and bicyclic heteroaryl, monocyclic and bicyclic heterocyclyl, and monocyclic and bicyclic non-aromatic heterocycle can be optionally substituted from 1 to 3 times with R8;
  • R4 is H, halogen, NH2, NHCOOC1-12 alkyl, or C1-12 alkyl;
  • R5 is selected from the group consisting of C1-12 alkyl, monocyclic or bicyclic C3-10 cycloalkyl, C3-12 cycloalkylalkyl, C1-12 alkoxy, monocyclic and bicyclic aryl, monocyclic and bicyclic heteroaryl, monocyclic and bicyclic heterocyclyl, and monocyclic and bicyclic non-aromatic heterocycle, wherein C1-12 alkyl, monocyclic or bicyclic C3-10 cycloalkyl, C3-12 cycloalkylalkyl, C1-12 alkoxy, monocyclic and bicyclic aryl, monocyclic and bicyclic heteroaryl, monocyclic and bicyclic heterocyclyl, and monocyclic and bicyclic non-aromatic heterocycle can be optionally substituted from 1 to 3 times with R8;
  • R6, R7 are each independently selected from the group consisting of H, C1-6 alkyl, and arylalkyl;
  • or R6 and R7 are taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached to form a piperidine, pyrrolidine, azepane, or morpholine ring, wherein piperidine, pyrrolidine, azepane, or morpholine ring can be optionally substituted 1 to 3 times with R9;
  • R8 is selected independently at each occurrence thereof from the group consisting of halogen, C1-6 alkyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, aryl, and arylalkyl, wherein C1-6 alkyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, aryl, and arylalkyl can be optionally substituted 1 to 3 times with R9;
  • R9 is selected from the group consisting of H, halogen, C1-6 alkyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, and aryl, wherein C1-6 alkyl can be optionally substituted 1 to 3 times with halogen;
  • R10 is H or arylalkyl;
  • W is CHR2, NR2, or
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00010
  • X is selected from the group consisting of —C(O)—NH—, monocyclic and bicyclic heteroaryl, monocyclic and bicyclic heterocyclyl, and monocyclic and bicyclic non-aromatic heterocycle;
  • Y is optional and, if present, is —(CH2)m—;
  • Z is optional and, if present, is aryl or bicyclic heteroaryl;
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00011
  • is the point of attachment to NHR3 moiety;
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00012
  • is the point of attachment to C(O) moiety;
  • k is 1 or 2;
  • m is 0, 1, or 2; and
  • n is 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4, with the proviso that R2 is not —CH2C(O)NH2, —CH2C(O)NHCH2C(CH3)3, or —(CH2)2C(O)NH2, or an oxide thereof, a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, a solvate thereof, or a prodrug thereof.
  • As used above, and throughout the description herein, the following terms, unless otherwise indicated, shall be understood to have the following meanings. If not defined otherwise herein, all technical and scientific terms used herein have the same meaning as is commonly understood by one of ordinary skill in the art to which this technology belongs. In the event that there is a plurality of definitions for a term herein, those in this section prevail unless stated otherwise.
  • The term “alkyl” means an aliphatic hydrocarbon group which may be straight or branched having about 1 to about 12 carbon atoms in the chain. Branched means that one or more lower alkyl groups such as methyl, ethyl or propyl are attached to a linear alkyl chain. Exemplary alkyl groups include methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, i-propyl, n-butyl, t-butyl, n-pentyl, and 3-pentyl.
  • The term “cycloalkyl” means a non-aromatic mono- or multicyclic ring system of about 3 to about 12 carbon atoms, preferably of about 3 to about 8 carbon atoms. Exemplary monocyclic cycloalkyls include cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, bicyclo[1.1.1]pentyl, and the like.
  • The term “cycloalkylalkyl” means a cycloalkyl-alkyl-group in which the cycloalkyl and alkyl are as defined herein. Exemplary cycloalkylalkyl groups include cyclopropylmethyl, cyclobutylmethyl, cyclopentylmethyl, cyclopropylethyl, cyclobutylethyl, and cyclopentylethyl. The alkyl radical and the cycloalkyl radical may be optionally substituted as defined herein.
  • The term “aryl” means an aromatic monocyclic or multicyclic ring system of 6 to about 14 carbon atoms, preferably of 6 to about 10 carbon atoms. Representative aryl groups include phenyl and naphthyl.
  • The term “arylalkyl” means an alkyl substituted with one or more aryl groups, wherein the alkyl and aryl groups are as herein described. One particular example is an arylmethyl or arylethyl group, in which a single or a double carbon spacer unit is attached to an aryl group, where the carbon spacer and the aryl group can be optionally substituted as described herein. Representative arylalkyl groups include
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00013
  • The term “heteroaryl” means an aromatic monocyclic or multicyclic ring system of about 5 to about 14 ring atoms, preferably about 5 to about 10 ring atoms, in which one or more of the atoms in the ring system is/are element(s) other than carbon, for example, nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur. In the case of multicyclic ring system, only one of the rings needs to be aromatic for the ring system to be defined as “Heteroaryl”. Preferred heteroaryls contain about 5 to 6 ring atoms. The prefix aza, oxa, thia, or thio before heteroaryl means that at least a nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur atom, respectively, is present as a ring atom. A nitrogen atom of a heteroaryl is optionally oxidized to the corresponding N-oxide. Representative heteroaryls include pyridyl, 2-oxo-pyridinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrazinyl, triazinyl, furanyl, pyrrolyl, thiophenyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, triazolyl, oxadiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, tetrazolyl, indolyl, isoindolyl, benzofuranyl, benzothiophenyl, indolinyl, 2-oxoindolinyl, dihydrobenzofuranyl, dihydrobenzothiophenyl, indazolyl, benzimidazolyl, benzooxazolyl, benzothiazolyl, benzoisoxazolyl, benzoisothiazolyl, benzotriazolyl, benzo[1,3]dioxolyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, quinazolinyl, cinnolinyl, pthalazinyl, quinoxalinyl, 2,3-dihydro-benzo[1,4]dioxinyl, benzo[1,2,3]triazinyl, benzo[1,2,4]triazinyl, 4H-chromenyl, indolizinyl, quinolizinyl, 6aH-thieno[2,3-d]imidazolyl, 1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridinyl, imidazo[1,2-a]pyridinyl, pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyridinyl, [1,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a]pyridinyl, [1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridinyl, thieno[2,3-b]furanyl, thieno[2,3 -b]pyridinyl, thieno[3,2-b]pyridinyl, furo[2,3 -b]pyridinyl, furo[3,2-b]pyridinyl, thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidinyl, furo[3,2-d]pyrimidinyl, thieno[2,3-b]pyrazinyl, imidazo[1,2-a]pyrazinyl, 5,6,7,8-tetrahydroimidazo[1,2-a]pyrazinyl, 6,7-dihydro-4H-pyrazolo[5,1-c][1,4]oxazinyl, 2-oxo-2,3-dihydrobenzo[d]oxazolyl, 3,3-dimethyl-2-oxoindolinyl, 2-oxo-2,3-dihydro-1H-pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridinyl, benzo[c][1,2,5]oxadiazolyl, benzo[c][1,2,5]thiadiazolyl, 3,4-dihydro-2H-benzo[b][1,4]oxazinyl, 5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-[1,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a]pyrazinyl, [1,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a]pyrazinyl, 3-oxo-[1,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a]pyridin-2(3H)-yl, and the like.
  • As used herein, “heterocyclyl” refers to a stable 3- to 18-membered ring (radical) which consists of carbon atoms and from one to five heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur. For purposes of this application, the heterocycle may be a monocyclic, or a polycyclic ring system, which may include fused, bridged, or spiro ring systems; and the nitrogen, carbon, or sulfur atoms in the heterocycle may be optionally oxidized; the nitrogen atom may be optionally quaternized; and the ring may be partially or fully saturated. Examples of such heterocycles include, without limitation, azepinyl, azocanyl, pyranyl dioxanyl, dithianyl, 1,3-dioxolanyl, tetrahydrofuryl, dihydropyrrolidinyl, decahydroisoquinolyl, imidazolidinyl, isothiazolidinyl, isoxazolidinyl, morpholinyl, octahydroindolyl, octahydroisoindolyl, 2-oxopiperazinyl, 2-oxopiperidinyl, 2-oxopyrrolidinyl, 2-oxoazepinyl, oxazolidinyl, oxiranyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, 4-piperidonyl, pyrrolidinyl, pyrazolidinyl, thiazolidinyl, tetrahydropyranyl, thiamorpholinyl, thiamorpholinyl sulfoxide, and thiamorpholinyl sulfone. Further heterocycles and heteroaryls are described in Katritzky et al., eds., Comprehensive Heterocyclic Chemistry: The Structure, Reactions, Synthesis and Use of Heterocyclic Compounds, Vol. 1-8, Pergamon Press, N.Y. (1984), which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety.
  • The term “non-aromatic heterocycle” means a non-aromatic monocyclic or multicyclic system containing 3 to 10 atoms, preferably 4 to about 7 carbon atoms, in which one or more of the atoms in the ring system is/are element(s) other than carbon, for example, nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur. Representative non-aromatic heterocycle groups include pyrrolidinyl, 2-oxopyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, 2-oxopiperidinyl, azepanyl, 2-oxoazepanyl, 2-oxooxazolidinyl, morpholino, 3-oxomorpholino, thiomorpholino, 1,1-dioxothiomorpholino, piperazinyl, tetrohydro-2H-oxazinyl, and the like.
  • The term “monocyclic” used herein indicates a molecular structure having one ring.
  • The term “polycyclic” or “multi-cyclic” used herein indicates a molecular structure having two or more rings, including, but not limited to, fused, bridged, or spiro rings.
  • Terminology related to “protecting”, “deprotecting,” and “protected” functionalities occurs throughout this application. Such terminology is well understood by persons of skill in the art and is used in the context of processes which involve sequential treatment with a series of reagents. In that context, a protecting group refers to a group which is used to mask a functionality during a process step in which it would otherwise react, but in which reaction is undesirable. The protecting group prevents reaction at that step, but may be subsequently removed to expose the original functionality. The removal or “deprotection” occurs after the completion of the reaction or reactions in which the functionality would interfere. Thus, when a sequence of reagents is specified, as it is in the processes described herein, the person of ordinary skill can readily envision those groups that would be suitable as “protecting groups.” Suitable groups for that purpose are discussed in standard textbooks in the field of chemistry, such as Greene, Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, John Wiley & Sons, New York (1991), which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety.
  • The term “alkoxy” means groups of from 1 to 12 carbon atoms of a straight, branched, or cyclic configuration and combinations thereof attached to the parent structure through an oxygen. Examples include methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, isopropoxy, cyclopropyloxy, cyclohexyloxy, and the like. Lower-alkoxy refers to groups containing one to four carbons. For the purposes of the present patent application, alkoxy also includes methylenedioxy and ethylenedioxy in which each oxygen atom is bonded to the atom, chain, or ring from which the methylenedioxy or ethylenedioxy group is pendant so as to form a ring. Thus, for example, phenyl substituted by alkoxy may be, for example,
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00014
  • A compound with a hydroxy group drawn next to a nitrogen on a heterocycle can exist as the “keto” form. For example, 3-(2-hydroxy-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-6-yl)propanoic acid can exist as 3-(2-oxo-2,3-dihydro-[1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-6-yl)propanoic acid.
  • The term “halogen” means fluoro, chloro, bromo, or iodo.
  • The term “substituted” or “substitution” of an atom means that one or more hydrogen on the designated atom is replaced with a selection from the indicated group, provided that the designated atom's normal valency is not exceeded.
  • “Unsubstituted” atoms bear all of the hydrogen atoms dictated by their valency. When a substituent is keto (i.e., ═O), then two hydrogens on the atom are replaced. Combinations of substituents and/or variables are permissible only if such combinations result in stable compounds; by “stable compound” or “stable structure” is meant a compound that is sufficiently robust to survive isolation to a useful degree of purity from a reaction mixture, and formulation into an efficacious therapeutic agent.
  • The term “optionally substituted” is used to indicate that a group may have a substituent at each substitutable atom of the group (including more than one substituent on a single atom), provided that the designated atom's normal valency is not exceeded and the identity of each substituent is independent of the others. Up to three H atoms in each residue are replaced with alkyl, halogen, haloalkyl, hydroxy, loweralkoxy, carboxy, carboalkoxy (also referred to as alkoxycarbonyl), carboxamido (also referred to as alkylaminocarbonyl), cyano, carbonyl, nitro, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, mercapto, alkylthio, sulfoxide, sulfone, acylamino, amidino, phenyl, benzyl, heteroaryl, phenoxy, benzyloxy, or heteroaryloxy.
  • The term “method of treating” means amelioration or relief from the symptoms and/or effects associated with the disorders described herein. As used herein, reference to “treatment” of a patient is intended to include prophylaxis.
  • The term “compounds of the invention”, and equivalent expressions, are meant to embrace compounds of general Formula (I), Formula (IA), Formula (IB), Formula (IC), Formula (I′), Formula (I′A), Formula (I′B), Formula (I′C), Formula (I′D), Formula (I′E), Formula (I′F), Formula (I′G), Formula (I′C′), Formula (I′D′), Formula (I′E′), Formula (I′F′), Formula (I′G′), and Formula (II) as hereinbefore described, which expression includes the prodrugs, the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates, e.g. hydrates, where the context so permits. Similarly, reference to intermediates, whether or not they themselves are claimed, is meant to embrace their salts, and solvates, where the context so permits. For the sake of clarity, particular instances when the context so permits are sometimes indicated in the text, but these instances are purely illustrative and it is not intended to exclude other instances when the context so permits.
  • The term “pharmaceutically acceptable salts” means the relatively non-toxic, inorganic, and organic acid addition salts, and base addition salts, of compounds of the present invention. These salts can be prepared in situ during the final isolation and purification of the compounds. In particular, acid addition salts can be prepared by separately reacting the purified compound in its free base form with a suitable organic or inorganic acid and isolating the salt thus formed. Exemplary acid addition salts include the hydrobromide, hydrochloride, sulfate, bisulfate, phosphate, nitrate, acetate, oxalate, valerate, oleate, palmitate, stearate, laurate, borate, benzoate, lactate, phosphate, tosylate, citrate, maleate, fumarate, succinate, tartrate, naphthylate, mesylate, glucoheptonate, lactiobionate, sulphamates, malonates, salicylates, propionates, methylene-bis-b-hydroxynaphthoates, gentisates, isethionates, di-p-toluoyltartrates, methane-sulphonates, ethanesulphonates, benzenesulphonates, p-toluenesulphonates, cyclohexylsulphamates and quinateslaurylsulphonate salts, and the like (see, for example, Berge et al., “Pharmaceutical Salts,” J. Pharm. Sci., 66:1-9 (1977) and Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, 17th ed., Mack Publishing Company, Easton, Pa., 1985, p. 1418, which are hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety). Base addition salts can also be prepared by separately reacting the purified compound in its acid form with a suitable organic or inorganic base and isolating the salt thus formed. Base addition salts include pharmaceutically acceptable metal and amine salts. Suitable metal salts include the sodium, potassium, calcium, barium, zinc, magnesium, and aluminum salts. The sodium and potassium salts are preferred. Suitable inorganic base addition salts are prepared from metal bases which include, for example, sodium hydride, sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, calcium hydroxide, aluminium hydroxide, lithium hydroxide, magnesium hydroxide, and zinc hydroxide. Suitable amine base addition salts are prepared from amines which have sufficient basicity to form a stable salt, and preferably include those amines which are frequently used in medicinal chemistry because of their low toxicity and acceptability for medical use, such as ammonia, ethylenediamine, N-methyl-glucamine, lysine, arginine, ornithine, choline, N,N′-dibenzylethylenediamine, chloroprocaine, diethanolamine, procaine, N-benzylphenethylamine, diethylamine, piperazine, tris(hydroxymethyl)-aminomethane, tetramethylammonium hydroxide, triethylarnine, dibenzylamine, ephenamine, dehydroabietylamine, N-ethylpiperidine, benzylamine, tetramethylammonium, tetraethylammonium, methylamine, dimethylamine, trimethylamine, ethylamine, basic amino acids, e.g., lysine and arginine, dicyclohexylamine, and the like.
  • The term “pharmaceutically acceptable prodrugs” as used herein means those prodrugs of the compounds useful according to the present invention which are, within the scope of sound medical judgment, suitable for use in contact with the tissues of humans and lower animals with undue toxicity, irritation, allergic response, and the like, commensurate with a reasonable benefit/risk ratio, and effective for their intended use, as well as the zwitterionic forms, where possible, of the compounds of the invention. The term “prodrug” means compounds that are rapidly transformed in vivo to yield the parent compound of the above formula, for example by hydrolysis in blood. Functional groups which may be rapidly transformed, by metabolic cleavage, in vivo form a class of groups reactive with the carboxyl group of the compounds of this invention. They include, but are not limited to, such groups as alkanoyl (such as acetyl, propionyl, butyryl, and the like), unsubstituted and substituted aroyl (such as benzoyl and substituted benzoyl), alkoxycarbonyl (such as ethoxycarbonyl), trialkylsilyl (such as trimethyl- and triethysilyl), monoesters formed with dicarboxylic acids (such as succinyl), and the like. Because of the ease with which the metabolically cleavable groups of the compounds useful according to this invention are cleaved in vivo, the compounds bearing such groups act as pro-drugs. The compounds bearing the metabolically cleavable groups have the advantage that they may exhibit improved bioavailability as a result of enhanced solubility and/or rate of absorption conferred upon the parent compound by virtue of the presence of the metabolically cleavable group. A thorough discussion of prodrugs is provided in the following: Design of Prodrugs, H. Bundgaard, ed., Elsevier (1985); Methods in Enzymology, K. Widder et al, Ed., Academic Press, 42, p. 309-396 (1985); A Textbook of Drug Design and Development, Krogsgaard-Larsen and H. Bundgaard, ed., Chapter 5; “Design and Applications of Prodrugs” p. 113-191 (1991); Advanced Drug Delivery Reviews, H. Bundgard, 8, p. 1-38 (1992); J. Pharm. Sci., 77:285 (1988); Nakeya et al, Chem. Pharm. Bull., 32:692 (1984); Higuchi et al., “Pro-drugs as Novel Delivery Systems,” Vol. 14 of the A.C.S. Symposium Series, and Bioreversible Carriers in Drug Design, Edward B. Roche, ed., American Pharmaceutical Association and Pergamon Press (1987), which are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety. Examples of prodrugs include, but are not limited to, acetate, formate, and benzoate derivatives of alcohol and amine functional groups in the compounds of the invention.
  • The term “solvate” refers to a compound of Formula (I), Formula (IA), Formula (IB), Formula (IC), Formula (I′), Formula (I′A), Formula (PB), Formula (I′C), Formula (I′D), Formula (I′E), Formula (I′F), Formula (I′G), Formula (I′C′), Formula (I′D′), Formula (I′E′), Formula (I′F′), Formula (I′G′), and Formula (II) in the solid state, wherein molecules of a suitable solvent are incorporated in the crystal lattice. A suitable solvent for therapeutic administration is physiologically tolerable at the dosage administered. Examples of suitable solvents for therapeutic administration are ethanol and water. When water is the solvent, the solvate is referred to as a hydrate. In general, solvates are formed by dissolving the compound in the appropriate solvent and isolating the solvate by cooling or using an antisolvent. The solvate is typically dried or azeotroped under ambient conditions.
  • The term “therapeutically effective amounts” is meant to describe an amount of compound of the present invention effective to produce the desired therapeutic effect. Such amounts generally vary according to a number of factors well within the purview of ordinarily skilled artisans given the description provided herein to determine and account for. These include, without limitation: the particular subject, as well as its age, weight, height, general physical condition, and medical history; the particular compound used, as well as the carrier in which it is formulated and the route of administration selected for it; and, the nature and severity of the condition being treated.
  • The term “pharmaceutical composition” means a composition comprising a compound of Formula (I), Formula (IA), Formula (IB), Formula (IC), Formula (I′), Formula (I′A), Formula (I′B), Formula (I′C), Formula (I′D), Formula (I′E), Formula (I′F), Formula (I′G), Formula (I′C′), Formula (I′D′), Formula (I′E′), Formula (I′F′), Formula (I′G′), and Formula (II) and at least one component comprising pharmaceutically acceptable carriers, diluents, adjuvants, excipients, or vehicles, such as preserving agents, fillers, disintegrating agents, wetting agents, emulsifying agents, suspending agents, sweetening agents, flavoring agents, perfuming agents, antibacterial agents, antifingal agents, lubricating agents and dispensing agents, depending on the nature of the mode of administration and dosage forms. Examples of suspending agents include ethoxylated isostearyl alcohols, polyoxyethylene sorbitol and sorbitan esters, microcrystalline cellulose, aluminum metahydroxide, bentonite, agar-agar and tragacanth, or mixtures of these substances. Prevention of the action of microorganisms can be ensured by various antibacterial and antifungal agents, for example, parabens, chlorobutanol, phenol, sorbic acid, and the like. It may also be desirable to include isotonic agents, for example sugars, sodium chloride, and the like. Prolonged absorption of the injectable pharmaceutical form can be brought about by the use of agents delaying absorption, for example, aluminum monosterate and gelatin. Examples of suitable carriers, diluents, solvents, or vehicles include water, ethanol, polyols, suitable mixtures thereof, vegetable oils (such as olive oil), and injectable organic esters such as ethyl oleate. Examples of excipients include lactose, milk sugar, sodium citrate, calcium carbonate, and dicalcium phosphate. Examples of disintegrating agents include starch, alginic acids, and certain complex silicates. Examples of lubricants include magnesium stearate, sodium lauryl sulphate, talc, as well as high molecular weight polyethylene glycols.
  • The term “pharmaceutically acceptable” means it is, within the scope of sound medical judgement, suitable for use in contact with the cells of humans and lower animals without undue toxicity, irritation, allergic response and the like, and are commensurate with a reasonable benefit/risk ratio.
  • The term “pharmaceutically acceptable dosage forms” means dosage forms of the compound of the invention, and includes, for example, tablets, dragees, powders, elixirs, syrups, liquid preparations, including suspensions, sprays, inhalants tablets, lozenges, emulsions, solutions, granules, capsules, and suppositories, as well as liquid preparations for injections, including liposome preparations. Techniques and formulations generally may be found in Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, Mack Publishing Co., Easton, Pa., latest edition.
  • Compounds described herein may contain one or more asymmetric centers and may thus give rise to enantiomers, diastereomers, and other stereoisomeric forms. Each chiral center may be defined, in terms of absolute stereochemistry, as (R)- or (S)-. This technology is meant to include all such possible isomers, as well as mixtures thereof, including racemic and optically pure forms. Optically active (R)- and (S)-, (−)- and (+)-, or (D)- and (L)-isomers may be prepared using chiral synthons or chiral reagents, or resolved using conventional techniques. When the compounds described herein contain olefinic double bonds or other centers of geometric asymmetry, and unless specified otherwise, it is intended that the compounds include both E and Z geometric isomers. Likewise, all tautomeric forms are also intended to be included.
  • This technology also envisions the “quaternization” of any basic nitrogen-containing groups of the compounds disclosed herein. The basic nitrogen can be quaternized with any agents known to those of ordinary skill in the art including, for example, lower alkyl halides, such as methyl, ethyl, propyl and butyl chloride, bromides and iodides; dialkyl sulfates including dimethyl, diethyl, dibutyl and diamyl sulfates; long chain halides such as decyl, lauryl, myristyl and stearyl chlorides, bromides and iodides; and aralkyl halides including benzyl and phenethyl bromides. Water or oil-soluble or dispersible products may be obtained by such quaternization.
  • In the characterization of some of the substituents, it is recited that certain substituents may combine to form rings. Unless stated otherwise, it is intended that such rings may exhibit various degrees of unsaturation (from fully saturated to fully unsaturated), may include heteroatoms and may be substituted with lower alkyl or alkoxy.
  • Compounds of the present invention can be produced according to the general schemes outlined below (Scheme 1, Scheme 1 a, Scheme 2, and Scheme 2 a).
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00015
  • Reaction of the carboxylic acid derivative (1) with amine (2) leads to formation of the final product (3). The reaction can be carried out in a variety of solvents, for example in methylene chloride (CH2Cl2), tetrahydrofuran (THF), dimethylformamide (DMF), or other such solvents or in the mixture of such solvents.
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00016
  • Compounds of Formula (I) wherein W is CHR2, k is 1, Xis bicyclic heteroaryl, and Y and Z are absent can be prepared according to Scheme 1 a. Reaction of the carboxylic acid derivative (1 a) with amine (2 a) leads to formation of the final product (3 a). The reaction can be carried out in a variety of solvents, for example in methylene chloride (CH2Cl2), tetrahydrofuran (THF), dimethylformamide (DMF), or other such solvents or in the mixture of such solvents.
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00017
  • Reaction of the carboxylic acid derivative (4) with amine (2) leads to formation of the compound (5). The reaction can be carried out in a variety of solvents, for example in methylene chloride (CH2Cl2), tetrahydrofuran (THF), dimethylformamide (DMF), or other such solvents or in the mixture of such solvents. During the reaction process, the non-participating carboxylic acids or amines on the reacting set of amino acids or peptide fragments can be protected by a suitable protecting group (PG) which can be selectively removed at a later time if desired. A detailed description of these groups and their selection and chemistry is contained in “The Peptides, Vol. 3”, Gross and Meinenhofer, Eds., Academic Press, New York, 1981, which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety. Thus, useful protective groups for the amino group are benzyloxycarbonyl (Cbz), t-butyloxycarbonyl (t-BOC), 2,2,2-trichloroethoxycarbonyl (Troc), t-amyloxycarbonyl, 4-methoxybenzyloxycarbonyl, 2-(trichlorosilyl)ethoxycarbonyl, 9-fluorenylmethoxycarbonyl (Fmoc), phthaloyl, acetyl (Ac), formyl, trifluoroacetyl, and the like. Following the deprotection, amine (6) is reacted with R3-LG (7) (wherein LG is a suitable leaving group) to form final product (8).
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00018
  • Compounds of Formula (I) wherein W is CHR2, k is 1, X is bicyclic heteroaryl, and Y and Z are absent can be prepared according to Scheme 2 a. Reaction of the carboxylic acid derivative (4 a) with amine (2 a) leads to formation of the compound (5 a). The reaction can be carried out in a variety of solvents, for example in methylene chloride (CH2Cl2), tetrahydrofuran (THF), dimethylformamide (DMF), or other such solvents or in the mixture of such solvents. During the reaction process, the non-participating carboxylic acids or amines on the reacting set of amino acids or peptide fragments can be protected by a suitable protecting group which can be selectively removed at a later time if desired. A detailed description of these groups and their selection and chemistry is contained in “The Peptides, Vol. 3”, Gross and Meinenhofer, Eds., Academic Press, New York, 1981, which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety. Thus, useful protective groups for the amino group are benzyloxycarbonyl (Cbz), t-butyloxycarbonyl (t-BOC), 2,2,2-trichloroethoxycarbonyl (Troc), t-amyloxycarbonyl, 4-methoxybenzyloxycarbonyl, 2-(trichlorosilyl)ethoxycarbonyl, 9-fluorenylmethoxycarbonyl (Fmoc), phthaloyl, acetyl (Ac), formyl, trifluoroacetyl, and the like. Following the deprotection, amine (6 a) is reacted with R3-LG (7) (wherein LG is a suitable leaving group) to form final product (8 a).
  • Compounds of the present invention can also be prepared according to the general schemes outlined below (Scheme 3 and Scheme 4).
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00019
  • Compounds of Formula (I) wherein W is CHR2, k is 1, X is monocyclic heteroaryl, Y is —(CH2)m—, and Z is aryl can be prepared according to Scheme 3. Reaction of the carboxylic acid derivative (1 a) with amine (2 b) leads to formation of the final product (3 b). The reaction can be carried out in a variety of solvents, for example in methylene chloride (CH2Cl2), tetrahydrofuran (THF), dimethylformamide (DMF), or other such solvents or in the mixture of such solvents.
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00020
  • Compounds of Formula (I) wherein W is CHR2, k is 1, X is monocyclic heteroaryl, Y is —(CH2)m—, and Z is aryl can also be prepared according to Scheme 4. Reaction of the carboxylic acid derivative (4 a) with amine (2 c) leads to formation of the compound (5 b). The reaction can be carried out in a variety of solvents, for example in methylene chloride (CH2Cl2), tetrahydrofuran (THF), dimethylformamide (DMF), or other such solvents or in the mixture of such solvents. During the reaction process, the non-participating carboxylic acids or amines on the reacting set of amino acids or peptide fragments can be protected by a suitable protecting group which can be selectively removed at a later time if desired. A detailed description of these groups and their selection and chemistry is contained in “The Peptides, Vol. 3”, Gross and. Meinenhofer, Eds., Academic Press, New York, 1981, which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety. Thus, useful protective groups for the amino group are benzyloxycarbonyl (Cbz), t-butyloxycarbonyl (t-BOC), 2,2,2-trichloroethoxycarbonyl (Troc), t-amyloxycarbonyl, 4-methoxybenzyloxycarbonyi, 2-(trichlorosilyl)ethoxycarbonyl, 9-fluorenyhnethoxycarbonyl (Frnoc), phthaloyl, acetyl (Ac), formyl, trifluoroacetyl, and the like. Following the deprotection, amine (6 b) is reacted with R3-LG (7) (wherein is a suitable leaving group) to form final product (8 b).
  • In one embodiment, compound has the Formula (IA):
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00021
  • In another embodiment, compound has the Formula (IB):
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00022
  • In another embodiment, compound has the Formula (IC):
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00023
  • One embodiment relates to the compound of Formulae (I) where R1 is H or Me.
  • Another embodiment relates to the compound of Formulae (I) where R and R1 are taken together with the carbon to which they are attached to form
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00024
  • group, and wherein
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00025
  • is the point of attachment to NH; and
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00026
  • is the point of attachment to X.
  • Another embodiment relates to the compound of Formulae (I) where R and R1 are taken together with the carbon to which they are attached to form
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00027
  • group, and wherein
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00028
  • is the point of attachment to NH; and
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00029
  • is the point of attachment to X.
  • A further embodiment relates to the compound of Formulae (I) where R2 is selected from the group consisting of
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00030
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00031
  • wherein
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00032
  • is the point of attachment to the corresponding carbon atom of the structure of Formula (I).
  • Yet another embodiment relates to the compound of Formulae (I) where R3 is selected from the group consisting of H, Boc,
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00033
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00034
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00035
  • wherein
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00036
  • is the point of attachment to the corresponding carbon atom of the structure of Formula (I).
  • Another embodiment relates to the compound of Formulae (I) where R4 is H, Me, F, NH2, or NHBoc.
  • Yet another embodiment relates to the compound of Formulae (I) where X is selected from the group consisting of
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00037
  • wherein
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00038
  • is the point of attachment to C(R1)(R2) moiety;
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00039
  • is the point of attachment to Y, Z, or R4.
  • Yet another embodiment relates to the compound of Formulae (I) where Y is —CH2—.
  • A further embodiment relates to the compound of Formulae (I) where Z is
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00040
  • and
    wherein
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00041
  • is the point of attachment to Y or X;
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00042
  • is the point of attachment to R4.
  • Another embodiment relates to the compound of Formulae (I) where the compound has a structure selected from the group consisting of:
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00043
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00044
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00045
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00046
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00047
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00048
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00049
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00050
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00051
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00052
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00053
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00054
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00055
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00056
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00057
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00058
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00059
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00060
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00061
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00062
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00063
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00064
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00065
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00066
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00067
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00068
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00069
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00070
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00071
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00072
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00073
  • In one embodiment, compound has the Formula (I′):
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00074
  • wherein
  • R is H or C1-6 alkyl;
  • R1 is H or C1-6 alkyl;
  • or R and R1 are taken together with the carbon to which they are attached to form a C3-8 cycloalkyl ring;
  • R2 is independently selected at each occurrence thereof from the group consisting of C1-6 alkyl, and —(CH2)nC(O)NR6R7, wherein C1-6 alkyl can be optionally substituted from 1 to 3 times with a substituent selected independently at each occurrence thereof from OH or C(O)OR10;
  • R3 is independently selected at each occurrence thereof from the group consisting of H, -Boc, —C(O)(CH2)nR5, —(CH2)nC(O)R5, —C(O)OR5, —C(O)(CH2)nNR6R7, —S(O)2R5, monocyclic and bicyclic heteroaryl, monocyclic and bicyclic heterocyclyl, and monocyclic and bicyclic non-aromatic heterocycle, wherein monocyclic and bicyclic heteroaryl, monocyclic and bicyclic heterocyclyl, and monocyclic and bicyclic non-aromatic heterocycle can be optionally substituted from 1 to 3 times with C1-6 alkyl;
  • R4 is H, C1-12 alkyl, or halogen;
  • R5 is selected from the group consisting of C1-12 alkyl, monocyclic or bicyclic C3-10 cycloalkyl, C3-12 cycloalkylalkyl, C1-12 alkoxy, monocyclic and bicyclic aryl, monocyclic and bicyclic heteroaryl, monocyclic and bicyclic heterocyclyl, and monocyclic and bicyclic non-aromatic heterocycle, wherein C1-12 alkyl, monocyclic or bicyclic C3-10 cycloalkyl, C3-12 cycloalkylalkyl, C1-12alkoxy, monocyclic and bicyclic aryl, monocyclic and bicyclic heteroaryl, monocyclic and bicyclic heterocyclyl, and monocyclic and bicyclic non-aromatic heterocycle can be optionally substituted from 1 to 3 times with R8;
  • R6, R7 are each independently selected from the group consisting of H, C1-6 alkyl, and arylalkyl;
  • or R6 and R7 are taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached to form a piperidine, pyrrolidine, azepane, or morpholine ring, wherein piperidine, pyrrolidine, azepane, or morpholine ring can be optionally substituted 1 to 3 times with R9;
  • R8 is selected independently at each occurrence thereof from the group consisting of halogen, C1-6 alkyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, aryl, and arylalkyl, wherein C1-6 alkyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, aryl, and arylalkyl can be optionally substituted 1 to 3 times with R9;
  • R9 is selected from the group consisting of H, halogen, C1-6 alkyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, and aryl, wherein C1-6 alkyl can be optionally substituted 1 to 3 times with halogen;
  • R10 is H or arylalkyl;
  • X is monocyclic and bicyclic heteroaryl, monocyclic and bicyclic heterocyclyl, or monocyclic and bicyclic non-aromatic heterocycle;
  • Y is optional and, if present, is —(CH2)m—;
  • Z is optional and, if present, is aryl;
  • m is 0, 1, or 2; and
  • n is 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4;
  • or an oxide thereof, a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, a solvate thereof, or a prodrug thereof.
  • In another embodiment, compound has the Formula (I′A):
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00075
  • wherein
  • A is NH, N, O, or S.
  • In another embodiment, compound has the Formula (PB):
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00076
  • wherein
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-P00001
    is a single or a double bond;
  • A is NH, N, O, or S; and
  • B is NH, N, O, or S.
  • In yet another embodiment, compound has the Formula (I′C):
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00077
  • In yet another embodiment, compound has the Formula (I′D):
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00078
  • In another embodiment, compound has the Formula (I′E):
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00079
  • In yet another embodiment, compound has the Formula (I′F):
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00080
  • In a further embodiment, compound has the Formula (I′G):
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00081
  • In another embodiment, compound has the Formula (I′C′):
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00082
  • In yet another embodiment, compound has the Formula (I′D′):
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00083
  • In a further embodiment, compound has the Formula (I′E′):
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00084
  • In another embodiment, compound has the Formula (I′F′):
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00085
  • In yet another embodiment, compound has the Formula (I′G′):
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00086
  • One embodiment relates to the compound of Formulae (I′) where R1 is H or Me.
  • Another embodiment relates to the compound of Formulae (I′) where R and R1 are taken together with the carbon to which they are attached to form
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00087
  • group, and wherein
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00088
  • is the point of attachment to NH; and
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00089
  • is the point of attachment to X.
  • Another embodiment relates to the compound of Formulae (I′) where R2 is selected from the group consisting of
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00090
  • wherein
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00091
  • is the point of attachment to the corresponding carbon atom of the structure of Formula (I).
  • Yet another embodiment relates to the compound of Formulae (I′) where R3 is selected from the group consisting of H, Boc,
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00092
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00093
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00094
  • wherein
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00095
  • is the point of attachment to the corresponding carbon atom of the structure of Formula (I).
  • Another embodiment relates to the compound of Formulae (I′) where R4 is H, Me, or F.
  • Yet another embodiment relates to the compound of Formulae (I′) where X is selected from the group consisting of
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00096
  • wherein
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00097
  • is the point of attachment to C(R1)(R2) moiety;
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00098
  • is the point of attachment to Y, Z, or R4.
  • Yet another embodiment relates to the compound of Formulae (I′) where Y is —CH2—.
  • Another embodiment relates to the compound of Formulae (I′) where n Z is
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00099
  • and
    wherein
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00100
  • is the point of attachment to Y or X;
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00101
  • is the point of attachment to R4.
  • A further embodiment relates to the compound of Formulae (I′) where the compound has a structure selected from the group consisting of:
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00102
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00103
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00104
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00105
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00106
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00107
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00108
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00109
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00110
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00111
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00112
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00113
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00114
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00115
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00116
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00117
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00118
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00119
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00120
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00121
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00122
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00123
  • In another embodiment, compound has the Formula:
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00124
  • or an oxide thereof, a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, a solvate thereof, or a prodrug thereof
  • In yet another embodiment, compound has the Formula (II):
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00125
  • wherein
  • R is H or C1-6 alkyl;
  • R1 is H or C1-6 alkyl;
  • or R and R1 are taken together with the carbon to which they are attached to form a C3-8 cycloalkyl ring;
  • R2 is independently selected at each occurrence thereof from the group consisting of C1-6 alkyl, and —(CH2)nC(O)NR6R7, wherein C1-6 alkyl can be optionally substituted from 1 to 3 times with a substituent selected independently at each occurrence thereof from OH or C(O)OR10;
  • R3 is independently selected at each occurrence thereof from the group consisting of H, -Boc, —C(O)(CH2)nR5, —(CH2)nC(O)R5, —C(O)OR5, —C(O)(CH2)nNR6R7, —S(O)2R5, monocyclic and bicyclic heteroaryl, monocyclic and bicyclic heterocyclyl, and monocyclic and bicyclic non-aromatic heterocycle, wherein monocyclic and bicyclic heteroaryl, monocyclic and bicyclic heterocyclyl, and monocyclic and bicyclic non-aromatic heterocycle can be optionally substituted from 1 to 3 times with C1-6 alkyl;
  • R4 is H, C1-12 alkyl, or halogen;
  • R5 is selected from the group consisting of C1-12 alkyl, monocyclic or bicyclic C3-10 cycloalkyl, C3-12 cycloalkylalkyl, C1-12 alkoxy, monocyclic and bicyclic aryl, monocyclic and bicyclic heteroaryl, monocyclic and bicyclic heterocyclyl, and monocyclic and bicyclic non-aromatic heterocycle, wherein C1-12 alkyl, monocyclic or bicyclic C3-10 cycloalkyl, C3-12 cycloalkylalkyl, C1-12 alkoxy, monocyclic and bicyclic aryl, monocyclic and bicyclic heteroaryl, monocyclic and bicyclic heterocyclyl, and monocyclic and bicyclic non-aromatic heterocycle can be optionally substituted from 1 to 3 times with R8;
  • R6, R7 are each independently selected from the group consisting of H, C1-6 alkyl, and arylalkyl;
  • or R6 and R7 are taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached to form a piperidine, pyrrolidine, azepane, or morpholine ring, wherein piperidine, pyrrolidine, azepane, or morpholine ring can be optionally substituted 1 to 3 times with R9;
  • R8 is selected independently at each occurrence thereof from the group consisting of halogen, C1-6 alkyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, aryl, and arylalkyl, wherein C1-6 alkyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, aryl, and arylalkyl can be optionally substituted 1 to 3 times with R9;
  • R9is selected from the group consisting of H, halogen, C1-6 alkyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, and aryl, wherein C1-6 alkyl can be optionally substituted 1 to 3 times with halogen;
  • R10 is H or arylalkyl;
  • X is monocyclic and bicyclic heteroaryl, monocyclic and bicyclic heterocyclyl, or monocyclic and bicyclic non-aromatic heterocycle;
  • Y is optional and, if present, is —(CH2)m—;
  • Z is optional and, if present, is aryl;
  • W is N or CH;
  • m is 0, 1, or 2; and
  • n is 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4;
  • or an oxide thereof, a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, a solvate thereof, or a prodrug thereof.
  • Another aspect of the present invention relates to a method of treating bacterial infections, parasite infections, fungal infections, cancer, immunologic disorders, autoimmune disorders, neurodegenerative diseases and disorders, inflammatory disorders, or muscular dystrophy, in a subject or for achieving immunosuppression in transplanted organs or tissues in a subject. This method includes administering to the subject in need thereof a compound of Formula (I):
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00126
  • wherein
  • R is H or C1-6 alkyl;
  • R′ is H or C1-6 alkyl;
  • R1 is H or C1-6 alkyl;
  • or R and R1 are taken together with the carbon to which they are attached to form a C3-8 cycloalkyl ring;
  • R2 is independently selected at each occurrence thereof from
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00127
  • or —(CH2)nC(O)NR6R7;
  • R3 is independently selected at each occurrence thereof from the group consisting of H, C1-12 alkyl, -Boc, —C(O)(CH2)nR5, —(CH2)nC(O)R5, —C(O)OR5, —C(O)(CH2)nNR6R7, —S(O)2R5, monocyclic and bicyclic heteroaryl, monocyclic and bicyclic heterocyclyl, and monocyclic and bicyclic non-aromatic heterocycle, wherein monocyclic and bicyclic heteroaryl, monocyclic and bicyclic heterocyclyl, and monocyclic and bicyclic non-aromatic heterocycle can be optionally substituted from 1 to 3 times with R8;
  • R4 is H, halogen, NH2, NHCOOC1-12 alkyl, or C1-12 alkyl;
  • R5 is selected from the group consisting of C1-12 alkyl, monocyclic or bicyclic C3-10 cycloalkyl, C3-12 cycloalkylalkyl, C1-12 alkoxy, monocyclic and bicyclic aryl, monocyclic and bicyclic heteroaryl, monocyclic and bicyclic heterocyclyl, and monocyclic and bicyclic non-aromatic heterocycle, wherein C1-12 alkyl, monocyclic or bicyclic C3-10 cycloalkyl, C3-12 cycloalkylalkyl, C1-12 alkoxy, monocyclic and bicyclic aryl, monocyclic and bicyclic heteroaryl, monocyclic and bicyclic heterocyclyl, and monocyclic and bicyclic non-aromatic heterocycle can be optionally substituted from 1 to 3 times with R8;
  • R6, R7 are each independently selected from the group consisting of H, C1-6 alkyl, and arylalkyl;
  • or R6 and R7 are taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached to form a piperidine, pyrrolidine, azepane, or morpholine ring, wherein piperidine, pyrrolidine, azepane, or morpholine ring can be optionally substituted 1 to 3 times with R9;
  • R8 is selected independently at each occurrence thereof from the group consisting of halogen, C1-6 alkyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, aryl, and arylalkyl, wherein C1-6 alkyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, aryl, and arylalkyl can be optionally substituted 1 to 3 times with R9;
  • R9 is selected from the group consisting of H, halogen, C1-6 alkyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, and aryl, wherein C1-6 alkyl can be optionally substituted 1 to 3 times with halogen;
  • R10 is H or arylalkyl;
  • W is CHR2, NR2, or
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00128
  • X is selected from the group consisting of —C(O)—NH—, monocyclic and bicyclic heteroaryl, monocyclic and bicyclic heterocyclyl, and monocyclic and bicyclic non-aromatic heterocycle;
  • Y is optional and, if present, is —(CH2)m—;
  • Z is optional and, if present, is aryl or bicyclic heteroaryl;
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00129
  • is the point of attachment to NHR3 moiety;
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00130
  • is the point of attachment to C(O) moiety;
  • k is 1 or 2;
  • m is 0, 1, or 2; and
  • n is 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4,
      • with the proviso that R2 is not —CH2C(O)NH2, —CH2C(O)NHCH2C(CH3)3, or —(CH2)2C(O)NH2,
        or an oxide thereof, a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, a solvate thereof, or a prodrug thereof.
  • One embodiment of the present invention relates to a method of treating bacterial infections, parasite infections, fungal infections, cancer, immunologic disorders, autoimmune disorders, neurodegenerative diseases and disorders, inflammatory disorders, or muscular dystrophy, in a subject or for achieving immunosuppression in transplanted organs or tissues in a subject. This method includes administering to the subject in need thereof a compound of Formula (I′):
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00131
  • wherein
  • R is H or C1-6 alkyl;
  • R1 is H or C1-6 alkyl;
  • or R and R1 are taken together with the carbon to which they are attached to form a C3-8 cycloalkyl ring;
  • R2 is independently selected at each occurrence thereof from the group consisting of C1-6 alkyl, and —(CH2)nC(O)NR6R7, wherein C1-6 alkyl can be optionally substituted from 1 to 3 times with a substituent selected independently at each occurrence thereof from OH or C(O)OR10;
  • R3 is independently selected at each occurrence thereof from the group consisting of H, -Boc, —C(O)(CH2)nR5, —(CH2)nC(O)R5, —C(O)OR5, —C(O)(CH2)—NR6R7, —S(O)2R5, monocyclic and bicyclic heteroaryl, monocyclic and bicyclic heterocyclyl, and monocyclic and bicyclic non-aromatic heterocycle, wherein monocyclic and bicyclic heteroaryl, monocyclic and bicyclic heterocyclyl, and monocyclic and bicyclic non-aromatic heterocycle can be optionally substituted from 1 to 3 times with C1-6 alkyl;
  • R4 is H, C1-12 alkyl, or halogen;
  • R5 is selected from the group consisting of C1-12 alkyl, monocyclic or bicyclic C3-10 cycloalkyl, C3-12 cycloalkylalkyl, C1-12 alkoxy, monocyclic and bicyclic aryl, monocyclic and bicyclic heteroaryl, monocyclic and bicyclic heterocyclyl, and monocyclic and bicyclic non-aromatic heterocycle, wherein C1-12 alkyl, monocyclic or bicyclic C3-10 cycloalkyl, C3-12 cycloalkylalkyl, C1-12 alkoxy, monocyclic and bicyclic aryl, monocyclic and bicyclic heteroaryl, monocyclic and bicyclic heterocyclyl, and monocyclic and bicyclic non-aromatic heterocycle can be optionally substituted from 1 to 3 times with R8;
  • R6, R7 are each independently selected from the group consisting of H, C1-6 alkyl, and arylalkyl;
  • or R6 and R7 are taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached to form a piperidine, pyrrolidine, azepane, or morpholine ring, wherein piperidine, pyrrolidine, azepane, or morpholine ring can be optionally substituted 1 to 3 times with R9;
  • R8 is selected independently at each occurrence thereof from the group consisting of halogen, C1-6 alkyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, aryl, and arylalkyl, wherein C1-6 alkyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, aryl, and arylalkyl can be optionally substituted 1 to 3 times with R9;
  • R9 is selected from the group consisting of H, halogen, C1-6 alkyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, and aryl, wherein C1-6 alkyl can be optionally substituted 1 to 3 times with halogen;
  • R10 is H or arylalkyl;
  • X is monocyclic and bicyclic heteroaryl, monocyclic and bicyclic heterocyclyl, or monocyclic and bicyclic non-aromatic heterocycle;
  • Y is optional and, if present, is —(CH2)m—;
  • Z is optional and, if present, is aryl;
  • m is 0, 1, or 2; and
  • n is 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4;
  • or an oxide thereof, a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, a solvate thereof, or a prodrug thereof.
  • Another aspect of the present invention relates to a method of treating bacterial infections, parasite infections, fungal infections, cancer, immunologic disorders, autoimmune disorders, neurodegenerative diseases and disorders, inflammatory disorders, or muscular dystrophy, in a subject or for achieving immunosuppression in transplanted organs or tissues in a subject. This method includes administering to the subject in need thereof a compound of Formula:
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00132
  • Another aspect of the present invention relates to a method of treating bacterial infections, parasite infections, fungal infections, cancer, immunologic disorders, autoimmune disorders, neurodegenerative diseases and disorders, inflammatory disorders, or muscular dystrophy, in a subject or for achieving immunosuppression in transplanted organs or tissues in a subject. This method includes administering to the subject in need thereof a compound of Formula (II):
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00133
  • wherein
  • R is H or C1-6 alkyl;
  • R1 is H or C1-6 alkyl;
  • or R and R1 are taken together with the carbon to which they are attached to form a C3-8 cycloalkyl ring;
  • R2 is independently selected at each occurrence thereof from the group consisting of C1-6 alkyl, and —(CH2)nC(O)NR6R7, wherein C1-6 alkyl can be optionally substituted from 1 to 3 times with a substituent selected independently at each occurrence thereof from OH or C(O)OR10;
  • R3 is independently selected at each occurrence thereof from the group consisting of H, -Boc, —C(O)(CH2)nR5, —(CH2)nC(O)R5, —C(O)OR5, —C(O)(CH2)nNR6R7, —S(O)2R5, monocyclic and bicyclic heteroaryl, monocyclic and bicyclic heterocyclyl, and monocyclic and bicyclic non-aromatic heterocycle, wherein monocyclic and bicyclic heteroaryl, monocyclic and bicyclic heterocyclyl, and monocyclic and bicyclic non-aromatic heterocycle can be optionally substituted from 1 to 3 times with C1-6 alkyl;
  • R4 is H, C1-12 alkyl, or halogen;
  • R5 is selected from the group consisting of C1-12 alkyl, monocyclic or bicyclic C3-10 cycloalkyl, C3-12 cycloalkylalkyl, C1-12 alkoxy, monocyclic and bicyclic aryl, monocyclic and bicyclic heteroaryl, monocyclic and bicyclic heterocyclyl, and monocyclic and bicyclic non-aromatic heterocycle, wherein C1-12 alkyl, monocyclic or bicyclic C3-10 cycloalkyl, C3-12 cycloalkylalkyl, C1-12alkoxy, monocyclic and bicyclic aryl, monocyclic and bicyclic heteroaryl, monocyclic and bicyclic heterocyclyl, and monocyclic and bicyclic non-aromatic heterocycle can be optionally substituted from 1 to 3 times with R8;
  • R6, R7 are each independently selected from the group consisting of H, C1-6 alkyl, and arylalkyl;
  • or R6 and R7 are taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached to form a piperidine, pyrrolidine, azepane, or morpholine ring, wherein piperidine, pyrrolidine, azepane, or morpholine ring can be optionally substituted 1 to 3 times with R9;
  • R8 is selected independently at each occurrence thereof from the group consisting of halogen, C1-6 alkyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, aryl, and arylalkyl, wherein C1-6 alkyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, aryl, and arylalkyl can be optionally substituted 1 to 3 times with R9;
  • R9 is selected from the group consisting of H, halogen, C1-6 alkyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, and aryl, wherein C1-6 alkyl can be optionally substituted 1 to 3 times with halogen; R10 is H or arylalkyl;
  • X is monocyclic and bicyclic heteroaryl, monocyclic and bicyclic heterocyclyl, or monocyclic and bicyclic non-aromatic heterocycle;
  • Y is optional and, if present, is —(CH2)m—;
  • Z is optional and, if present, is aryl;
  • W is N or CH;
  • m is 0, 1, or 2; and
  • n is 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4;
  • or an oxide thereof, a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, a solvate thereof, or a prodrug thereof.
  • In one embodiment, bacterial infection is treated. The bacterial infection is
  • Mycobacterium tuberculosis.
  • In another embodiment, parasite infection is treated. The parasite infection is selected from, but not limited to, the group consisting of malaria, leishmaniasis, river blindness, Chagas disease, sleeping disease, cryptosporidiosis, amebiasis, cyclosporiasis, giardiasis, and toxoplasmosis.
  • In yet another embodiment, parasite infection is veterinary parasite infection. The veterinary parasite infection is caused by protozoan parasites, helminth parasites, arachnids, insects, or custaceans. Exemplary protozoan parasites include, but are not limited to, Babesia divergens, Balantidium coli, Eimeria tenella, Giardia lamblia (Giardia duodenalis), Hammondia hammondi, Histomonas meleagridis, Isospora canis, Leishmania donovani, Leishmania infantum, Neospora caninum, Toxoplasma gondii, Trichomonas gallinae, Tritrichomonas foetus, Trypanosoma brucei, and Trypanosoma equiperdum. Exemplary helminth parasites include, but are not limited to, Ancylostoma duodenale, Ascaris suum, Dicrocoelium dendriticum, Dictyocaulus viviparus, Dipylidium caninum, Echinococcus granulosus, Fasciola hepatica, Fascioloides magna, Habronema species, Haemonchus contortus, Metastrongylus, Muellerius capillaris, Ostertagia ostertagi, Paragonimus westermani, Schistosoma bovis, Strongyloides species, Strongylus vulgaris, Syngamus trachea (Gapeworm), Taenia pisiformis, Taenia saginata, Taenia solium, Toxocara canis, Trichinella spiralis, Trichobilharzia regenti, Trichostrongylus species, and Trichuris suis. Exemplary arachnids, insects, and custaceans include, but are not limited to, Caligus species, Cimex colombarius, Cimex lectularius, Culex pipiens, Culicoides imicola, Demodex bovis, Dermacentor reticulatus, Gasterophilus intestinalis, Haematobia irritans, Hypoderma bovis, Ixodes ricinus, Knemidocoptes mutans, Lepeophtheirus salmonis, Lucilia sericata, Musca domestica, Nosema apis, Notoedres cati, Oestrus ovis, Otodectes cynotis, Phlebotomus species, Psoroptes ovis, Pulex irritans, Rhipicephalus sanguineus, Sarcoptes equi, Sarcophaga carnaria, Tabanus atratus, Triatoma species, Ctenocephalides canis, and Ctenocephalides felis.
  • In another embodiment, an autoimmune disorder is treated. The autoimmune disorder is selected from the group consisting of arthritis, colitis, multiple sclerosis, lupus, Sjogren Syndrome, Systemic Lupus Erythematosus and lupus nephritis, glomerulonephritis, Rheumatoid Arthritis, Inflammatory bowel disease (IBD), ulcerative colitis, Crohn's diseases, Psoriasis, and asthma.
  • In yet another embodiment, immunosuppression is provided for transplanted organs or tissues. The immunosuppression is used to prevent transplant rejection and graft-verse-host disease.
  • In a further embodiment, an inflammatory disorder is treated. The inflammatory disorder is Crohn's disease.
  • The compounds and pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention are particularly useful for the treatment of cancer. As used herein, the term “cancer” refers to a cellular disorder characterized by uncontrolled or disregulated cell proliferation, decreased cellular differentiation, inappropriate ability to invade surrounding tissue, and/or ability to establish new growth at ectopic sites. The term “cancer” includes, but is not limited to, solid tumors and bloodborne tumors. The term “cancer” encompasses diseases of skin, tissues, organs, bone, cartilage, blood, and vessels. The term “cancer” further encompasses primary and metastatic cancers.
  • Non-limiting examples of solid tumors that can be treated with the disclosed proteasome inhibitors include pancreatic cancer; bladder cancer; colorectal cancer; breast cancer, including metastatic breast cancer; prostate cancer, including androgen-dependent and androgen-independent prostate cancer; renal cancer, including, e.g., metastatic renal cell carcinoma; hepatocellular cancer; lung cancer, including, e.g., non-small cell lung cancer (NSCLC), bronchioloalveolar carcinoma (BAC), and adenocarcinoma of the lung; ovarian cancer, including, e.g., progressive epithelial or primary peritoneal cancer; cervical cancer; gastric cancer; esophageal cancer; head and neck cancer, including, e.g., squamous cell carcinoma of the head and neck; melanoma; neuroendocrine cancer, including metastatic neuroendocrine tumors; brain tumors, including, e.g., glioma, anaplastic oligodendroglioma, adult glioblastoma multiforme, and adult anaplastic astrocytoma; bone cancer; and soft tissue sarcoma.
  • In one embodiment, cancer is treated. The cancer is selected from the group consisting of neoplastic disorders, hematologic malignances, lymphocytic malignancies, mantel cell lymphoma, leukemia, Waldenstrom Macroglobulinemia, pancreatic cancer, bladder cancer, colorectal cancer, breast cancer, metastatic breast cancer, prostate cancer, androgen-dependent and androgen-independent prostate cancer, renal cancer, metastatic renal cell carcinoma, hepatocellular cancer, lung cancer, non-small cell lung cancer (NSCLC), bronchioloalveolar carcinoma (BAC), and adenocarcinoma of the lung, ovarian cancer, progressive epithelial or primary peritoneal cancer, cervical cancer, gastric cancer, esophageal cancer, head and neck cancer, squamous cell carcinoma of the head and neck, melanoma, neuroendocrine cancer, metastatic neuroendocrine tumors, brain tumors, glioma, anaplastic oligodendroglioma, adult glioblastoma multiforme, and adult anaplastic astrocytoma, bone cancer, and soft tissue sarcoma.
  • In another embodiment, a neurodegenerative disease or disorder is treated. The neurodegenerative disease or disorder is Amyotrophic Lateral Sclerosis (ALS) or Multiple Sclerosis (MS).
  • Another aspect of the present invention relates to a method of inhibiting proteasome activity. This method includes contacting a proteasome with a compound of Formula (I):
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00134
  • wherein
  • R is H or C1-6 alkyl;
  • R′ is H or C1-6 alkyl;
  • R1 is H or C1-6 alkyl;
  • or R and R1 are taken together with the carbon to which they are attached to form a C3-8 cycloalkyl ring;
  • R2 is independently selected at each occurrence thereof from
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00135
  • or —(CH2)nC(O)NR6R7;
  • R3 is independently selected at each occurrence thereof from the group consisting of H, C1-12 alkyl, -Boc, —C(O)(CH2)nR5, —(CH2)nC(O)R5, —C(O)OR5, —C(O)(CH2)nNR6R7, —S(O)2R5, monocyclic and bicyclic heteroaryl, monocyclic and bicyclic heterocyclyl, and monocyclic and bicyclic non-aromatic heterocycle, wherein monocyclic and bicyclic heteroaryl, monocyclic and bicyclic heterocyclyl, and monocyclic and bicyclic non-aromatic heterocycle can be optionally substituted from 1 to 3 times with R8;
  • R4 is H, halogen, NH2, NHCOOC1-12 alkyl, or C1-12 alkyl;
  • R5 is selected from the group consisting of C1-12 alkyl, monocyclic or bicyclic C3-10 cycloalkyl, C3-12 cycloalkylalkyl, C1-12 alkoxy, monocyclic and bicyclic aryl, monocyclic and bicyclic heteroaryl, monocyclic and bicyclic heterocyclyl, and monocyclic and bicyclic non-aromatic heterocycle, wherein C1-12 alkyl, monocyclic or bicyclic C3-10 cycloalkyl, C3-12 cycloalkylalkyl, C1-12 alkoxy, monocyclic and bicyclic aryl, monocyclic and bicyclic heteroaryl, monocyclic and bicyclic heterocyclyl, and monocyclic and bicyclic non-aromatic heterocycle can be optionally substituted from 1 to 3 times with R8;
  • R6, R7 are each independently selected from the group consisting of H, C1-6 alkyl, and arylalkyl;
  • or R6 and R7 are taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached to form a piperidine, pyrrolidine, azepane, or morpholine ring, wherein piperidine, pyrrolidine, azepane, or morpholine ring can be optionally substituted 1 to 3 times with R9;
  • R8 is selected independently at each occurrence thereof from the group consisting of halogen, C1-6 alkyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, aryl, and arylalkyl, wherein C1-6 alkyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, aryl, and arylalkyl can be optionally substituted 1 to 3 times with R9;
  • R9 is selected from the group consisting of H, halogen, C1-6 alkyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, and aryl, wherein C1-6 alkyl can be optionally substituted 1 to 3 times with halogen;
  • R10 is H or arylalkyl;
  • W is CHR2, NR2, or
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00136
  • X is selected from the group consisting of —C(O)—NH—, monocyclic and bicyclic heteroaryl, monocyclic and bicyclic heterocyclyl, and monocyclic and bicyclic non-aromatic heterocycle;
  • Y is optional and, if present, is —(CH2)m—;
  • Z is optional and, if present, is aryl or bicyclic heteroaryl;
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00137
  • is the point of attachment to NHR3 moiety;
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00138
  • is the point of attachment to C(O) moiety;
  • k is 1 or 2;
  • m is 0, 1, or 2; and
  • n is 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4,
  • with the proviso that R2 is not —CH2C(O)NH2, —CH2C(O)NHCH2C(CH3)3, or —(CH2)2C(O)NH2,
    or an oxide thereof, a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, a solvate thereof, or a prodrug thereof under conditions effective to inhibit proteasome activity.
  • One embodiment of the present invention relates to a method of inhibiting proteasome activity. This method includes contacting a proteasome with a compound of Formula (I′):
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00139
  • wherein
  • R is H or C1-6 alkyl;
  • R1 is H or C1-6 alkyl;
  • or R and R1 are taken together with the carbon to which they are attached to form a C3-8 cycloalkyl ring;
  • R2 is independently selected at each occurrence thereof from the group consisting of C1-6 alkyl, and —(CH2)nC(O)NR6R7, wherein C1-6 alkyl can be optionally substituted from 1 to 3 times with a substituent selected independently at each occurrence thereof from OH or C(O)OR10;
  • R3 is independently selected at each occurrence thereof from the group consisting of H, -Boc, —C(O)(CH2)nR5, —(CH2)—C(O)R5, —C(O)OR5, —C(O)(CH2)—NR6R7, —S(O)2R5, monocyclic and bicyclic heteroaryl, monocyclic and bicyclic heterocyclyl, and monocyclic and bicyclic non-aromatic heterocycle, wherein monocyclic and bicyclic heteroaryl, monocyclic and bicyclic heterocyclyl, and monocyclic and bicyclic non-aromatic heterocycle can be optionally substituted from 1 to 3 times with C1-6 alkyl;
  • R4 is H, C1-12 alkyl, or halogen;
  • R5 is selected from the group consisting of C1-12 alkyl, monocyclic or bicyclic C3-10 cycloalkyl, C3-12 cycloalkylalkyl, C1-12 alkoxy, monocyclic and bicyclic aryl, monocyclic and bicyclic heteroaryl, monocyclic and bicyclic heterocyclyl, and monocyclic and bicyclic non-aromatic heterocycle, wherein C1-12 alkyl, monocyclic or bicyclic C3-10 cycloalkyl, C3-12 cycloalkylalkyl, monocyclic and bicyclic aryl, monocyclic and bicyclic heteroaryl, monocyclic and bicyclic heterocyclyl, and monocyclic and bicyclic non-aromatic heterocycle can be optionally substituted from 1 to 3 times with R8;
  • R6, R7 are each independently selected from the group consisting of H, C1-6 alkyl, and arylalkyl;
  • or R6 and R7 are taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached to form a piperidine, pyrrolidine, azepane, or morpholine ring, wherein piperidine, pyrrolidine, azepane, or morpholine ring can be optionally substituted 1 to 3 times with R9;
  • R8 is selected independently at each occurrence thereof from the group consisting of halogen, C1-6 alkyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, aryl, and arylalkyl, wherein C1-6 alkyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, aryl, and arylalkyl can be optionally substituted 1 to 3 times with R9;
  • R9 is selected from the group consisting of H, halogen, C1-6 alkyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, and aryl, wherein C1-6 alkyl can be optionally substituted 1 to 3 times with halogen;
  • R10 is H or arylalkyl;
  • X is monocyclic and bicyclic heteroaryl, monocyclic and bicyclic heterocyclyl, or monocyclic and bicyclic non-aromatic heterocycle;
  • Y is optional and, if present, is —(CH2)m—;
  • Z is optional and, if present, is aryl;
  • m is 0, 1, or 2; and
  • n is 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4;
  • or an oxide thereof, a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, a solvate thereof, or a prodrug thereof under conditions effective to inhibit proteasome activity.
  • Another aspect of the present invention relates to a method of inhibiting proteasome activity. This method includes contacting a proteasome with a compound of Formula (II):
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00140
  • or an oxide thereof, a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, a solvate thereof, or a prodrug thereof under conditions effective to inhibit proteasome activity.
  • Another aspect of the present invention relates to a method of inhibiting proteasome activity. This method includes contacting a proteasome with a compound of Formula (II):
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00141
  • wherein
  • R is H or C1-6 alkyl;
  • R1 is H or C1-6 alkyl;
  • or R and R1 are taken together with the carbon to which they are attached to form a C3-8 cycloalkyl ring;
  • R2 is independently selected at each occurrence thereof from the group consisting of C1-6 alkyl, and —(CH2)nC(O)NR6R7, wherein C1-6 alkyl can be optionally substituted from 1 to 3 times with a substituent selected independently at each occurrence thereof from OH or C(O)OR10;
  • R3 is independently selected at each occurrence thereof from the group consisting of H, -Boc, —C(O)(CH2)nR5, —(CH2)—C(O)R5, —C(O)OR5, —C(O)(CH2)—NR6R7, —S(O)2R5, monocyclic and bicyclic heteroaryl, monocyclic and bicyclic heterocyclyl, and monocyclic and bicyclic non-aromatic heterocycle, wherein monocyclic and bicyclic heteroaryl, monocyclic and bicyclic heterocyclyl, and monocyclic and bicyclic non-aromatic heterocycle can be optionally substituted from 1 to 3 times with C1-6 alkyl;
  • R4 is H, C1-12 alkyl, or halogen;
  • R5 is selected from the group consisting of C1-12 alkyl, monocyclic or bicyclic C3-10 cycloalkyl, C3-12 cycloalkylalkyl, C1-12 alkoxy, monocyclic and bicyclic aryl, monocyclic and bicyclic heteroaryl, monocyclic and bicyclic heterocyclyl, and monocyclic and bicyclic non-aromatic heterocycle, wherein C1-12 alkyl, monocyclic or bicyclic C3-10 cycloalkyl, C3-12 cycloalkylalkyl, C1-12 alkoxy, monocyclic and bicyclic aryl, monocyclic and bicyclic heteroaryl, monocyclic and bicyclic heterocyclyl, and monocyclic and bicyclic non-aromatic heterocycle can be optionally substituted from 1 to 3 times with R8;
  • R6, R7 are each independently selected from the group consisting of H, C1-6 alkyl, and arylalkyl;
  • or R6 and R7 are taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached to form a piperidine, pyrrolidine, azepane, or morpholine ring, wherein piperidine, pyrrolidine, azepane, or morpholine ring can be optionally substituted 1 to 3 times with R9;
  • R8 is selected independently at each occurrence thereof from the group consisting of halogen, C1-6 alkyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, aryl, and arylalkyl, wherein C1-6 alkyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, aryl, and arylalkyl can be optionally substituted 1 to 3 times with R9;
  • R9 is selected from the group consisting of H, halogen, C1-6 alkyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, and aryl, wherein C1-6 alkyl can be optionally substituted 1 to 3 times with halogen;
  • R10 is H or arylalkyl;
  • X is monocyclic and bicyclic heteroaryl, monocyclic and bicyclic heterocyclyl, or monocyclic and bicyclic non-aromatic heterocycle;
  • Y is optional and, if present, is —(CH2)m—;
  • Z is optional and, if present, is aryl;
  • W is N or CH;
  • m is 0, 1, or 2; and
  • n is 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4;
  • or an oxide thereof, a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, a solvate thereof, or a prodrug thereof under conditions effective to inhibit proteasome activity.
  • While it may be possible for compounds of Formula (I), Formula (IA), Formula (IB), Formula (IC), Formula (I′), Formula (I′A), Formula (PB), Formula (I′C), Formula (I′D), Formula (I′E), Formula (I′F), Formula (I′G), Formula (I′C′), Formula (I′D′), Formula (I′E′), Formula (I′F′), Formula (I′G′), and Formula (II), to be administered as raw chemicals, it will often be preferable to present them as a part of a pharmaceutical composition. Accordingly, another aspect of the present invention is a pharmaceutical composition containing a therapeutically effective amount of the compound of Formula (I), Formula (IA), Formula (IB), Formula (IC), Formula (I′), Formula (I′A), Formula (PB), Formula (I′C), Formula (I′D), Formula (I′E), Formula (I′F), Formula (I′G), Formula (I′C′), Formula (I′D′), Formula (I′E′), Formula (I′F′), Formula (I′G′), and Formula (II), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. The carrier must be “acceptable” in the sense of being compatible with the other ingredients of the formulation and not deleterious to the recipient thereof.
  • In practicing the method of the present invention, agents suitable for treating a subject can be administered using any method standard in the art. The agents, in their appropriate delivery form, can be administered orally, intradermally, intramuscularly, intraperitoneally, intravenously, subcutaneously, or intranasally. The compositions of the present invention may be administered alone or with suitable pharmaceutical carriers, and can be in solid or liquid form, such as tablets, capsules, powders, solutions, suspensions, or emulsions.
  • The agents of the present invention may be orally administered, for example, with an inert diluent, or with an assimilable edible carrier, or it may be enclosed in hard or soft shell capsules, or it may be compressed into tablets, or they may be incorporated directly with the food of the diet. Agents of the present invention may also be administered in a time release manner incorporated within such devices as time-release capsules or nanotubes. Such devices afford flexibility relative to time and dosage. For oral therapeutic administration, the agents of the present invention may be incorporated with excipients and used in the form of tablets, capsules, elixirs, suspensions, syrups, and the like. Such compositions and preparations should contain at least 0.1% of the agent, although lower concentrations may be effective and indeed optimal. The percentage of the agent in these compositions may, of course, be varied and may conveniently be between about 2% to about 60% of the weight of the unit. The amount of an agent of the present invention in such therapeutically useful compositions is such that a suitable dosage will be obtained.
  • Also specifically contemplated are oral dosage forms of the agents of the present invention. The agents may be chemically modified so that oral delivery of the derivative is efficacious. Generally, the chemical modification contemplated is the attachment of at least one moiety to the component molecule itself, where said moiety permits (a) inhibition of proteolysis; and (b) uptake into the blood stream from the stomach or intestine. Also desired is the increase in overall stability of the component or components and increase in circulation time in the body. Examples of such moieties include: polyethylene glycol, copolymers of ethylene glycol and propylene glycol, carboxymethyl cellulose, dextran, polyvinyl alcohol, polyvinyl pyrrolidone and polyproline (Abuchowski and Davis, “Soluble Polymer-Enzyme Adducts,” In: Enzymes as Drugs, Hocenberg and Roberts, eds., Wiley-Interscience, New York, N.Y., pp. 367-383 (1981), which are hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety). Other polymers that could be used are poly-1,3-dioxolane and poly-1,3,6-tioxocane. Preferred for pharmaceutical usage, as indicated above, are polyethylene glycol moieties.
  • The tablets, capsules, and the like may also contain a binder such as gum tragacanth, acacia, corn starch, or gelatin; excipients such as dicalcium phosphate; a disintegrating agent such as corn starch, potato starch, alginic acid; a lubricant such as magnesium stearate; and a sweetening agent such as sucrose, lactose, sucrulose, or saccharin. When the dosage unit form is a capsule, it may contain, in addition to materials of the above type, a liquid carrier such as a fatty oil.
  • Various other materials may be present as coatings or to modify the physical form of the dosage unit. For instance, tablets may be coated with shellac, sugar, or both. A syrup may contain, in addition to active ingredient, sucrose as a sweetening agent, methyl and propylparabens as preservatives, a dye, and flavoring such as cherry or orange flavor.
  • The agents of the present invention may also be administered parenterally. Solutions or suspensions of the agent can be prepared in water suitably mixed with a surfactant such as hydroxypropylcellulose. Dispersions can also be prepared in glycerol, liquid polyethylene glycols, and mixtures thereof in oils. Illustrative oils are those of petroleum, animal, vegetable, or synthetic origin, for example, peanut oil, soybean oil, or mineral oil. In general, water, saline, aqueous dextrose and related sugar solution, and glycols, such as propylene glycol or polyethylene glycol, are preferred liquid carriers, particularly for injectable solutions. Under ordinary conditions of storage and use, these preparations contain a preservative to prevent the growth of microorganisms.
  • The pharmaceutical forms suitable for injectable use include sterile aqueous solutions or dispersions and sterile powders for the extemporaneous preparation of sterile injectable solutions or dispersions. In all cases, the form must be sterile and must be fluid to the extent that easy syringability exists. It must be stable under the conditions of manufacture and storage and must be preserved against the contaminating action of microorganisms, such as bacteria and fungi. The carrier can be a solvent or dispersion medium containing, for example, water, ethanol, polyol (e.g., glycerol, propylene glycol, and liquid polyethylene glycol), suitable mixtures thereof, and vegetable oils.
  • When it is desirable to deliver the agents of the present invention systemically, they may be formulated for parenteral administration by injection, e.g., by bolus injection or continuous infusion. Formulations for injection may be presented in unit dosage form, e.g., in ampoules or in multi-dose containers, with an added preservative. The compositions may take such forms as suspensions, solutions or emulsions in oily or aqueous vehicles, and may contain formulatory agents such as suspending, stabilizing and/or dispersing agents.
  • Intraperitoneal or intrathecal administration of the agents of the present invention can also be achieved using infusion pump devices such as those described by Medtronic, Northridge, Calif. Such devices allow continuous infusion of desired compounds avoiding multiple injections and multiple manipulations.
  • In addition to the formulations described previously, the agents may also be formulated as a depot preparation. Such long acting formulations may be formulated with suitable polymeric or hydrophobic materials (for example as an emulsion in an acceptable oil) or ion exchange resins, or as sparingly soluble derivatives, for example, as a sparingly soluble salt.
  • The agents of the present invention may also be administered directly to the airways in the form of an aerosol. For use as aerosols, the agent of the present invention in solution or suspension may be packaged in a pressurized aerosol container together with suitable propellants, for example, hydrocarbon propellants like propane, butane, or isobutane with conventional adjuvants. The agent of the present invention also may be administered in a non-pressurized form such as in a nebulizer or atomizer.
  • Effective doses of the compositions of the present invention, for the treatment of cancer or pathogen infection vary depending upon many different factors, including type and stage of cancer or the type of pathogen infection, means of administration, target site, physiological state of the patient, other medications or therapies administered, and physical state of the patient relative to other medical complications. Treatment dosages need to be titrated to optimize safety and efficacy.
  • The percentage of active ingredient in the compositions of the present invention may be varied, it being necessary that it should constitute a proportion such that a suitable dosage shall be obtained. Obviously, several unit dosage forms may be administered at about the same time. The dose employed will be determined by the physician, and depends upon the desired therapeutic effect, the route of administration and the duration of the treatment, and the condition of the patient. In the adult, the doses are generally from about 0.01 to about 100 mg/kg body weight, preferably about 0.01 to about 10 mg/kg body weight per day by inhalation, from about 0.01 to about 100 mg/kg body weight, preferably 0.1 to 70 mg/kg body weight, more especially 0.1 to 10 mg/kg body weight per day by oral administration, and from about 0.01 to about 50 mg/kg body weight, preferably 0.01 to 10 mg/kg body weight per day by intravenous administration. In each particular case, the doses will be determined in accordance with the factors distinctive to the subject to be treated, such as age, weight, general state of health, and other characteristics which can influence the efficacy of the medicinal product.
  • The products according to the present invention may be administered as frequently as necessary in order to obtain the desired therapeutic effect. Some patients may respond rapidly to a higher or lower dose and may find much weaker maintenance doses adequate. For other patients, it may be necessary to have long-term treatments at the rate of 1 to 4 doses per day, in accordance with the physiological requirements of each particular patient. Generally, the active product may be administered orally 1 to 4 times per day. It goes without saying that, for other patients, it will be necessary to prescribe not more than one or two doses per day.
  • EXAMPLES
  • Example 1—General Procedure for HATU—Mediated Coupling Reaction
  • Carboxylic acid (1.0 eq.), O-(7-azabenzotriazol-1-yl)-N,N,N,N′-tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate (HATU) (1.2 eq.), and 1-hydroxy-7-azabenzotriazole (HOAt) (0.6M in DMF) (1.0 eq.) were dissolved in DMF under argon atmosphere. The solution was cooled to 0° C. and amine was added. After stirring for 5 minutes at 0° C., Hünig's base (2-3 eq.) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at 0° C. for 1 hour. After completion of the reaction (1 hour, monitored by LCMS), water (10 mL) was added to the reaction mixture and the mixture was stirred for 30 minutes. Product was isolated by either ethyl acetate extraction or by filtering the precipitate.
  • Example 2—General Procedure for Deprotection of Benzyl Group
  • The substance was dissolved in methanol. Palladium on carbon (10%) was added carefully. Air in the flask was exchanged with hydrogen. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3-4 hours under hydrogen atmosphere using a hydrogen balloon. After completion of reaction, the mixture was filtered through Celite. Filtrate was evaporated and dried under vacuum to give the product.
  • Example 3—General Procedure for N-Sulfonamide Preparation of Amines
  • The primary amine (generally TFA salt) was dissolved in dichloromethane. The solution was cooled to 0° C. and triethylamine (2.0-3.0 eq.) was added. Sulfonyl chloride (1.5 eq.) was added to the solution in one portion and the reaction mixture was warmed to room temperature (over 15 minutes). After completion of reaction (2-3 hours), dichloromethane was evaporated and crude product was isolated by ethyl acetate extraction.
  • Example 4—Preparation of tert-Butyl (S)-(1-((2-Amino-3-fluorophenyl)amino)-1-oxopropan-2-yl)carbamate (1-1)
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00142
  • The title compound was synthesized by following the general protocol for HATU mediated coupling of (S)-2-(tert-butoxycarbonylamino)propanoic acid and 3-fluorobenzene-1,2-diamine on a 2.0 mmol scale. The product (600 mg, quant. ESI-MS (m/z): 298.22 (M+H+)) was isolated and used directly in the next step.
  • Example 5—Preparation of (S)-1-(4-Fluoro-1H-benzo [d] imidazol-2-yl)ethan-1-amine (1-2)
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00143
  • To a solution of tert-butyl (S)-(1-((2-amino-3-fluorophenyl)amino)-1-oxopropan-2-yl)carbamate (600 mg) in EtOH (4 ml) was added HCl (7 ml), and the reaction mixture was heated to reflux for 4 hours. Solvent was removed by evaporation to give a gum (400 mg) assumed diHCl salt. LC-MS (linear gradient 10→98% MeCN, 0.1% TFA, 6.5 min): tR (min): 2.13; ESI-MS (m/z): 180.10 (M+H+).
  • Example 6—Preparation of Benzyl (S)-2-((tert-Butoxycarbonyl)amino)-4-((S)-2-ethylpiperidin-1-yl)-4-oxobutanoate (1-3)
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00144
  • The title compound was synthesized by following the general protocol for HATU mediated coupling of (S)-4-(benzyloxy)-3-(tert-butoxycarbonylamino)-4-oxobutanoic acid and (S)-2-ethylpiperidine hydrochloride on a 0.7 mmol scale, and isolated as a white solid in quant. yield. LC-MS (linear gradient 10→98% MeCN, 0.1% TFA, 6.5 min): tR (min): 4.58; ESI-MS (m/z): 419.24 (M+H+).
  • Example 7—Preparation of (S)-2-((tert-Butoxycarbonyl)amino)-4-((S)-2-ethylpiperidin-1-yl)-4-oxobutanoic Acid (1-4)
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00145
  • The title compound was synthesized by following the O-Debenzylation protocol of 1-3 on a 0.7 mmol scale. LC-MS (linear gradient 10→98% MeCN, 0.1% TFA, 6.5 min): tR (min): 3.64; ESI-MS (m/z): 329.20 (M+H+).
  • Example 8—Preparation of tert-Butyl ((S)-4-((S)-2-ethylpiperidin-1-yl)-1-(((S)-1-(4-fluoro-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)ethyl)amino)-1,4-dioxobutan-2-yl)carbamate (1-5)
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00146
  • The title compound was synthesized by following the general protocol for HATU mediated coupling of 1-4 and 1-2 on a 0.3 mmol scale. LC-MS (linear gradient 10→98% MeCN, 0.1% TFA, 6.5 min): tR (min): 3.97; ESI-MS (m/z): 490.22 (M+H+).
  • Example 9—Preparation of (S)-2-Amino-4-((S)-2-ethylpiperidin-1-yl)-N-((S)-1-(4-fluoro-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)ethyl)-4-oxobutanamide (CEN-1)
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00147
  • The title compound was synthesized by following the general protocol for Boc-Deprotection protocol of 1-5 on a 0.1 mmol scale. LC-MS (linear gradient 10→98% MeCN, 0.1% TFA, 12 min): tR (min): 3.97; ESI-MS (m/z): 390.22 (M+H+).
  • Example 10—Preparation of (S)-2-(2-Cyclopropylacetamido)-4-((S)-2-ethylpiperidin-1-yl)-N-((S)-1-(4-fluoro-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)ethyl)-4-oxobutanamide (CEN-2)
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00148
  • The title compound was synthesized by following the general protocol for HATU mediated coupling of CEN-1 and 2-cyclopropylacetic acid on a 0.01 mmol scale. LC-MS (linear gradient 10→98% MeCN, 0.1% TFA, 12 min): tR (min): 5.41; ESI-MS (m/z): 472.26 (M+H+).
  • Example 11—Preparation of N-((S)-4-((S)-2-Ethylpiperidin-1-yl)-1-(((S)-1-(4-fluoro-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)ethyl)amino)-1,4-dioxobutan-2-yl)-4-methylpentanamide (CEN-3)
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00149
  • The title compound was synthesized by following the general protocol for HATU mediated coupling of CEN-1 and 4-methylpentanoic acid on a 0.01 mmol scale. LC-MS (linear gradient 10→98% MeCN, 0.1% TFA, 12 min): tR (min): 5.97; ESI-MS (m/z): 488.29 (M+H+).
  • Example 12—Preparation of (S)-2-(3-(Dimethylamino)propanamido)-4-((S)-2-ethylpiperidin-1-yl)-N-((S)-1-(4-fluoro-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)ethyl)-4-oxobutanamide (CEN-4)
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00150
  • The title compound was synthesized by following the general protocol for HATU mediated coupling of CEN-1 and 3-(dimethylamino)propanoic acid on a 0.01 mmol scale. LC-MS (linear gradient 10→98% MeCN, 0.1% TFA, 12 min): tR (min): 4.21; ESI-MS (m/z): 489.29 (M+H+).
  • Example 13—Preparation of Isobutyl ((S)-4-((S)-2-Ethylpiperidin-1-yl)-1-(((S)-1-(4-fluoro-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)ethyl)amino)-1,4-dioxobutan-2-yl)carbamate (CEN-5)
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00151
  • To a solution of CEN-1 (4 mg) in DCM (0.5mL) was added isobutyl carbonochloridate (1.403 mg) and triethylamine (3.58 μl), the reaction solution was stirred at room temperature for 15 min, and evaporated. The title product was purified by Prep-HPLC. LC-MS (linear gradient 10→98% MeCN, 0.1% TFA, 12 min): tR (min): 6.17; ESI-MS (m/z): 490.2 (M+H+).
  • Example 14—Preparation of N-((S)-4-((S)-2-Ethylpiperidin-1-yl)-1-(((S)-1-(4-fluoro-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)ethyl)amino)-1,4-dioxobutan-2-yl)-5-methylisoxazole-3-carboxamide (CEN-6)
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00152
  • The title compound was synthesized by following the general protocol for HATU mediated coupling of CEN-1 and 5-methylisoxazole-3-carboxylic acid on a 0.01 mmol scale. LC-MS (linear gradient 10→98% MeCN, 0.1% TFA, 12 min): tR (min): 5.67; ESI-MS (m/z): 499.23 (M+H+).
  • Example 15—Preparation of (S)-4-((S)-2-Ethylpiperidin-1-yl)-N-((S)-1-(4-fluoro-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)ethyl)-4-oxo-2-(3,3,3-trifluoropropanamido)butanamide (CEN-7)
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00153
  • The title compound was synthesized by following the general protocol for HATU mediated coupling of CEN-1 and 3,3,3-trifluoropropanoic acid on a 0.01 mmol scale. LC-MS (linear gradient 10→98% MeCN, 0.1% TFA, 12 min): tR (min): 5.57; ESI-MS (m/z): 500.22 (M+H+).
  • Example 16—Preparation of (S)-4-((S)-2-Ethylpiperidin-1-yl)-N-((S)-1-(4-fluoro-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)ethyl)-2-((3-isopropyl-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl)amino)-4-oxobutanamide (CEN-8)
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00154
  • To a solution of CEN-1 (4 mg) in DMF (0.5 mL) was added 5-chloro-3-isopropyl-1,2,4-oxadiazole (2 mg), and the reaction mixture was stirred at 80° C. for 1 hour. The title product was purified by Prep-HPLC. LC-MS (linear gradient 10→98% MeCN, 0.1% TFA, 12 min): tR (min): 5.91; ESI-MS (m/z): 500.27 (M+H+).
  • Example 17—Preparation of N-((S)-4-((S)-2-Ethylpiperidin-1-yl)-1-(((S)-1-(4-fluoro-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)ethyl)amino)-1,4-dioxobutan-2-yl)-3,3-dimethylcyclobutane-1-carboxamide (CEN-9)
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00155
  • The title compound was synthesized by following the general protocol for HATU mediated coupling of CEN-1 and 3,3-dimethylcyclobutane-1-carboxylic acid on a 0.01 mmol scale. LC-MS (linear gradient 10→98% MeCN, 0.1% TFA, 12 min): tR (min): 6.49; ESI-MS (m/z): 500.29 (M+H+).
  • Example 18—Preparation of N-((S)-4-((S)-2-Ethylpiperidin-1-yl)-1-(((S)-1-(4-fluoro-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)ethyl)amino)-1,4-dioxobutan-2-yl)-2-isopropylcyclopropane-1-carboxamide (CEN-10)
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00156
  • The title compound was synthesized by following the general protocol for HATU mediated coupling of CEN-1 and 2-isopropylcyclopropane-1-carboxylic acid on a 0.01 mmol scale. LC-MS (linear gradient 10→98% MeCN, 0.1% TFA, 12 min): tR (min): 6.15; ESI-MS (m/z): 500.29 (M+H+).
  • Example 19—Preparation of N-((S)-4-((S)-2-Ethylpiperidin-1-yl)-1-(((S)-1-(4-fluoro-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)ethyl)amino)-1,4-dioxobutan-2-yl)thiazole-5-carboxamide (CEN-11)
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00157
  • The title compound was synthesized by following the general protocol for HATU mediated coupling of CEN-1 and thiazole-5-carboxylic acid on a 0.01 mmol scale. LC-MS (linear gradient 10→98% MeCN, 0.1% TFA, 12 min): tR (min): 4.91; ESI-MS (m/z): 501.2 (M+H+).
  • Example 20—Preparation of N-((S)-4-((S)-2-Ethylpiperidin-1-yl)-1-(((S)-1-(4-fluoro-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)ethyl)amino)-1,4-dioxobutan-2-yl)piperidine-1-carboxamide (CEN-12)
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00158
  • To a solution of CEN-1 (5 mg) in DCM (0.5 mL) was added piperidine-1-carbonyl chloride (2 mg) and triethylamine (5 μl), the reaction solution was stirred at room temperature for 60 min, and evaporated. The title product was purified by Prep-HPLC. LC-MS (linear gradient 10→98% MeCN, 0.1% TFA, 12 min): tR (min): 5.82; ESI-MS (m/z): 501.29 (M+H+).
  • Example 21—Preparation of N-((S)-4-((S)-2-Ethylpiperidin-1-yl)-1-(((S)-1-(4-fluoro-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)ethyl)amino)-1,4-dioxobutan-2-yl)-4,4-dimethylpentanamide (CEN-13)
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00159
  • The title compound was synthesized by following the general protocol for HATU mediated coupling of CEN-1 and 4,4-dimethylpentanoic acid on a 0.01 mmol scale. LC-MS (linear gradient 10→98% MeCN, 0.1% TFA, 12 min): tR (min): 6.26; ESI-MS (m/z): 502.31 (M+H+).
  • Example 22—Preparation of N-((S)-4-((S)-2-Ethylpiperidin-1-yl)-1-(((S)-1-(4-fluoro-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)ethyl)amino)-1,4-dioxobutan-2-yl)morpholine-4-carboxamide (CEN-14)
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00160
  • To a solution of CEN-1 (5 mg) in DCM (0.5 mL) was added morpholine-4-carbonyl chloride (2 mg) and triethylamine (5 μl), the reaction solution was stirred at r.t. for 60 min, and evaporated. The title product was purified by Prep-HPLC. LC-MS (linear gradient 10→98% MeCN, 0.1% TFA, 12 min): tR (min): 5.13; ESI-MS (m/z): 503.26 (M+H+).
  • Example 23—Preparation of (S)-4-((S)-2-Ethylpiperidin-1-yl)-N-((S)-1-(4-fluoro-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)ethyl)-2-(3-isobutyl-3-methylureido)-4-oxobutanamide (CEN-15)
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00161
  • To a solution of CEN-1 (5 mg) in DCM (0.5 mL) was added isobutyl(methyl)carbamic chloride (2 mg) and triethylamine (3 μl), the reaction solution was stirred at room temperature for 20 min, and evaporated. The title product was purified by Prep-HPLC. LC-MS (linear gradient 10→98% MeCN, 0.1% TFA, 12 min): tR (min): 6.07; ESI-MS (m/z): 503.30 (M+H+).
  • Example 24—Preparation of (S)-2-(Benzo[d]oxazol-2-ylamino)-4-((S)-2-ethylpiperidin-1-yl)-N-((S)-1-(4-fluoro-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)ethyl)-4-oxobutanamide (CEN-16)
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00162
  • To a solution of CEN-1 (3 mg) in NMP (0.5 mL) was added 2-chlorobenzo[d]oxazole (2 mg), the reaction solution was stirred at 150° C. for 10 min. The title product was purified by Prep-HPLC. LC-MS (linear gradient 10→98% MeCN, 0.1% TFA, 12 min): tR (min): 6.00; ESI-MS (m/z): 507.24 (M+H+).
  • Example 25—Preparation of N-((S)-4-((S)-2-Ethylpiperidin-1-yl)-1-(((S)-1-(4-fluoro-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)ethyl)amino)-1,4-dioxobutan-2-yl)spiro[3.3]heptane-2-carboxamide (CEN-17)
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00163
  • The title compound was synthesized by following the general protocol for HATU mediated coupling of CEN-1 and spiro[3.3]heptane-2-carboxylic acid on a 0.01 mmol scale. LC-MS (linear gradient 10→98% MeCN, 0.1% TFA, 12 min): tR (min): 6.51; ESI-MS (m/z): 512.29 (M+H+).
  • Example 26—Preparation of N-((S)-4-((S)-2-Ethylpiperidin-1-yl)-1-(((S)-1-(4-fluoro-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)ethyl)amino)-1,4-dioxobutan-2-yl)-2-methylthiazole-5-carboxamide (CEN-18)
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00164
  • The title compound was synthesized by following the general protocol for HATU mediated coupling of CEN-1 and 2-methylthiazole-5-carboxylic acid on a 0.01 mmol scale. LC-MS (linear gradient 10→98% MeCN, 0.1% TFA, 12 min): tR (min): 5.03; ESI-MS (m/z): 515.21 (M+H+).
  • Example 27—Preparation of (S)-4-((S)-2-Ethylpiperidin-1-yl)-N-((S)-1-(4-fluoro-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)ethyl)-2-((6-methylbenzo[d]oxazol-2-yl)amino)-4-oxobutanamide (CEN-19)
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00165
  • To a solution of CEN-1 (4 mg) in NMP (0.5 mL) was added 2-chloro-6-methylbenzo[d]oxazole (2 mg), the reaction solution was stirred at 150° C. for 10 min. The title product was purified by Prep-HPLC. LC-MS (linear gradient 10→98% MeCN, 0.1% TFA, 12 min): tR (min): 6.35; ESI-MS (m/z): 521.25 (M+H+).
  • Example 28—Preparation of (S)-4-((S)-2-Ethylpiperidin-1-yl)-N-((S)-1-(4-fluoro-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)ethyl)-4-oxo-2-(3-phenylpropanamido)butanamide (CEN-20)
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00166
  • The title compound was synthesized by following the general protocol for HATU mediated coupling of CEN-1 and 3-phenylpropanoic acid on a 0.01 mmol scale. LC-MS (linear gradient 10→98% MeCN, 0.1% TFA, 12 min): tR (min): 5.98; ESI-MS (m/z): 522.27 (M+H+).
  • Example 29—Preparation of (S)-2-(3-Benzylureido)-4-((S)-2-ethylpiperidin-1-yl)-N-((S)-1-(4-fluoro-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)ethyl)-4-oxobutanamide (CEN-21)
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00167
  • To a solution of CEN-1 (5 mg) in DCM (0.5 mL) was added benzylcarbamic chloride (2 mg) and triethylamine (3 μl), the reaction solution was stirred at room temperature for 10 min, and evaporated. The title product was purified by Prep-HPLC. LC-MS (linear gradient 10→98% MeCN, 0.1% TFA, 12 min): tR (min): 5.66; ESI-MS (m/z): 523.27 (M+H+).
  • Example 30—Preparation of (S)-2-(Benzo[d]thiazol-2-ylamino)-4-((S)-2-ethylpiperidin-1-yl)-N-((S)-1-(4-fluoro-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)ethyl)-4-oxobutanamide (CEN-22)
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00168
  • To a solution of CEN-1 (4 mg) in NMP (0.5 mL) was added 2-chlorobenzo[d]thiazole (2 mg), the reaction solution was stirred at 150° C. for 10 min. The title product was purified by Prep-HPLC. LC-MS (linear gradient 10→98% MeCN, 0.1% TFA, 12 min): tR (min): 6.34; ESI-MS (m/z): 523.22 (M+H+).
  • Example 31—Preparation of Benzyl ((S)-4-((S)-2-Ethylpiperidin-1-yl)-1-(((S)-1-(4-fluoro-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)ethyl)amino)-1,4-dioxobutan-2-yl)carbamate (CEN-23)
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00169
  • To a solution of CEN-1 (5 mg) in DCM (0.5 mL) was added benzyl carbonochloridate (2 mg) and triethylamine (5 μl), the reaction solution was stirred at room temperature for 10 min, and evaporated. The title product was purified by Prep-HPLC. LC-MS (linear gradient 10→98% MeCN, 0.1% TFA, 12 min): tR (min): 6.42; ESI-MS (m/z): 524.25 (M+H+).
  • Example 32—Preparation of (S)-4-((S)-2-Ethylpiperidin-1-yl)-N-((S)-1-(4-fluoro-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)ethyl)-2-((3-methylbutyl)sulfonamido)-4-oxobutanamide (CEN-24)
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00170
  • The title compound was synthesized by following the general procedure for N-Sulfonamide formation of CEN-1 with 3-methylbutane-1-sulfonyl chloride on a 0.01 mmol scale. LC-MS (linear gradient 10→98% MeCN, 0.1% TFA, 12 min): tR (min): 6.21; ESI-MS (m/z): 524.26 (M+H+).
  • Example 33—Preparation of (1S,2S)-N-((S)-4-((S)-2-Ethylpiperidin-1-yl)-1-(((S)-1-(4-fluoro-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)ethyl)amino)-1,4-dioxobutan-2-yl)-2-phenylcyclopropane-1-carboxamide (CEN-25)
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00171
  • The title compound was synthesized by following the general protocol for HATU mediated coupling of CEN-1 and (1S,2S)-2-phenylcyclopropane-1-carboxylic acid on a 0.01 mmol scale. LC-MS (linear gradient 10→98% MeCN, 0.1% TFA, 12 min): tR (min): 6.36; ESI-MS (m/z): 534.27 (M+H+).
  • Example 34—Preparation of (S)-2-(3-Benzyl-3-methylureido)-4-((S)-2-ethylpiperidin-1-yl)-N-((S)-1-(4-fluoro-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)ethyl)-4-oxobutanamide (CEN-26)
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00172
  • To a solution of CEN-1 (5 mg) in DCM (0.5 mL) was added benzyl(methyl)carbamic chloride (3 mg) and triethylamine (5 μl), the reaction solution was stirred at r.t. for 15 min, and evaporated. The title product was purified by Prep-HPLC. LC-MS (linear gradient 10→98% MeCN, 0.1% TFA, 12 min): tR (min): 6.19; ESI-MS (m/z): 537.29 (M+H+).
  • Example 35—Preparation of (S)-4-((S)-2-Ethylpiperidin-1-yl)-N-((S)-1-(4-fluoro-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)ethyl)-2-((3-(4-fluorobenzyl)-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl)amino)-4-oxobutanamide (CEN-27)
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00173
  • To a solution of CEN-1 (2 mg) in NMP (0.25 mL) was added 5-chloro-3-(4-fluorobenzyl)-1,2,4-oxadiazole (1 mg), the reaction solution was stirred at 150° C. for 10 min. The title product was purified by Prep-HPLC. LC-MS (linear gradient 10→98% MeCN, 0.1% TFA, 12 min): tR (min): 6.46; ESI-MS (m/z): 566.26 (M+H+).
  • Example 36—Preparation of N-((S)-1-(((S)-1-(1H-Benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)ethyl)amino)-4-((S)-2-ethylpiperidin-1-yl)-1,4-dioxobutan-2-yl)-4-methylpentanamide (CEN-28)
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00174
  • The title compound was synthesized by the similar method described for CEN-2. LC-MS (linear gradient 10→98% MeCN, 0.1% TFA, 12 min): tR (min): 5.59; ESI-MS (m/z): 470.30 (M+H+).
  • Example 37—Preparation of N-((S)-1-(((S)-1-(1H-Benzo [d]imidazol-2-yl)ethyl)amino)-4-((S)-2-ethylpiperidin-1-yl)-1,4-dioxobutan-2-yl)-4,4-dimethylpentanamide (CEN-29)
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00175
  • The title compound was synthesized by the similar method described for CEN-2. LC-MS (linear gradient 10→98% MeCN, 0.1% TFA, 12 min): tR (min): 5.93; ESI-MS (m/z): 484.32 (M+H+).
  • Example 38—Preparation of N-((S)-1-(((S)-1-(4-Fluoro-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)ethyl)amino)-4-((S)-2-methylpiperidin-1-yl)-1,4-dioxobutan-2-yl)-2-methylthiazole-5-carboxamide (CEN-30)
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00176
  • The title compound was synthesized by the similar method described for CEN-2. LC-MS (linear gradient 10→98% MeCN, 0.1% TFA, 12 min): tR (min): 4.75; ESI-MS (m/z): 501.2 (M+H+).
  • Example 39—Preparation of N-((S)-1-(((1H-Benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)methyl)amino)-4-((S)-2-methylpiperidin-1-yl)-1,4-dioxobutan-2-yl)-4-methylpentanamide (CEN-31)
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00177
  • The title compound was synthesized by the similar method described for CEN-2. LC-MS (linear gradient 10→98% MeCN, 0.1% TFA, 12 min): tR (min): 5.19; ESI-MS (m/z): 442.27 (M+H+).
  • Example 40—Preparation of N-((S)-1-(((S)-1-(1H-Benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)ethyl)amino)-4-((S)-2-methylpiperidin-1-yl)-1,4-dioxobutan-2-yl)-4-methylpentanamide (CEN-32)
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00178
  • The title compound was synthesized by the similar method described for CEN-2. LC-MS (linear gradient 10→98% MeCN, 0.1% TFA, 12 min): tR (min): 5.15; ESI-MS (m/z): 456.28 (M+H+).
  • Example 41—Preparation of N-((S)-1-(((S)-1-(1H-Benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)ethyl)amino)-4-((S)-2-methylpyrrolidin-1-yl)-1,4-dioxobutan-2-yl)-4,4-dimethylpentanamide (CEN-33)
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00179
  • The title compound was synthesized by the similar method described for CEN-2. LC-MS (linear gradient 10→98% MeCN, 0.1% TFA, 12 min): tR (min): 5.16; ESI-MS (m/z): 456.28 (M+H+).
  • Example 42—Preparation of N-((S)-1-(((R)-1-(1H-Benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)ethyl)amino)-4-((S)-2-methylpiperidin-1-yl)-1,4-dioxobutan-2-yl)-4-methylpentanamide (CEN-34)
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00180
  • The title compound was synthesized by the similar method described for CEN-2. LC-MS (linear gradient 10→98% MeCN, 0.1% TFA, 12 min): tR (min): 5.29; ESI-MS (m/z): 456.28 (M+H+).
  • Example 43—Preparation of N-((2S)-1-((1-(1H-Benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)ethyl)amino)-4-((S)-2-methylpiperidin-1-yl)-1,4-dioxobutan-2-yl)-5-methylisoxazole-3-carboxamide (CEN-35)
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00181
  • The title compound was synthesized by the similar method described for CEN-2. LC-MS (linear gradient 10→98% MeCN, 0.1% TFA, 12 min): tR (min): 4.81; ESI-MS (m/z): 467.23 (M+H+).
  • Example 44—Preparation of N-((S)-1-(((S)-1-(1H-Benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)ethyl)amino)-4-((S)-2-methylpiperidin-1-yl)-1,4-dioxobutan-2-yl)-5-methylisoxazole-3-carboxamide (CEN-36)
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00182
  • The title compound was synthesized by the similar method described for CEN-2. LC-MS (linear gradient 10→98% MeCN, 0.1% TFA, 12 min): tR (min): 4.83; ESI-MS (m/z): 467.23 (M+H+).
  • Example 45—Preparation of N-((S)-1-(((R)-1-(1H-Benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)ethyl)amino)-4-((S)-2-methylpiperidin-1-yl)-1,4-dioxobutan-2-yl)-4,4-dimethylpentanamide (CEN-37)
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00183
  • The title compound was synthesized by the similar method described for CEN-2. LC-MS (linear gradient 10→98% MeCN, 0.1% TFA, 12 min): tR (min): 5.54; ESI-MS (m/z): 470.30 (M+H+).
  • Example 46—Preparation of N-((S)-1-(((S)-1-(4-Fluoro-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)ethyl)amino)-4-((S)-2-methylpiperidin-1-yl)-1,4-dioxobutan-2-yl)-4-methylpentanamide (CEN-38)
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00184
  • The title compound was synthesized by the similar method described for CEN-2. LC-MS (linear gradient 10→98% MeCN, 0.1% TFA, 12 min): tR (min): 5.67; ESI-MS (m/z): 474.27 (M+H+).
  • Example 47—Preparation of N-((S)-1-(((S)-1-(4-Fluoro-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)ethyl)amino)-4-((S)-2-methylpiperidin-1-yl)-1,4-dioxobutan-2-yl)-3,3-dimethylcyclobutane-1-carboxamide (CEN-39)
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00185
  • The title compound was synthesized by the similar method described for CEN-2. LC-MS (linear gradient 10→98% MeCN, 0.1% TFA, 12 min): tR (min): 6.18; ESI-MS (m/z): 486.27 (M+H+).
  • Example 48—Preparation of N-((S)-1-(((S)-1-(4-Fluoro-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)ethyl)amino)-4-((S)-2-methylpiperidin-1-yl)-1,4-dioxobutan-2-yl)-2-isopropylcyclopropane-1-carboxamide (CEN-40)
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00186
  • The title compound was synthesized by the similar method described for CEN-2. LC-MS (linear gradient 10→98% MeCN, 0.1% TFA, 12 min): tR (min): 6.00; ESI-MS (m/z): 486.27 (M+H+).
  • Example 49—Preparation of N-((S)-1-(((S)-1-(4-Fluoro-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)ethyl)amino)-4-((S)-2-methylpiperidin-1-yl)-1,4-dioxobutan-2-yl)-4,4-dimethylpentanamide (CEN-41)
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00187
  • The title compound was synthesized by the similar method described for CEN-2. LC-MS (linear gradient 10→98% MeCN, 0.1% TFA, 12 min): tR (min): 6.01; ESI-MS (m/z): 488.29 (M+H+).
  • Example 50—Preparation of N-((S)-1-(((S)-1-(4-Fluoro-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)ethyl)amino)-4-((S)-2-methylpiperidin-1-yl)-1,4-dioxobutan-2-yl)spiro[3.3]heptane-2-carboxamide (CEN-42)
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00188
  • The title compound was synthesized by the similar method described for CEN-2. LC-MS (linear gradient 10→98% MeCN, 0.1% TFA, 12 min): tR (min): 6.18; ESI-MS (m/z): 498.27 (M+H+).
  • Example 51—Preparation of N-((S)-1-(((S)-1-(7-Fluoro-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)ethyl)amino)-4-((S)-2-methylpiperidin-1-yl)-1,4-dioxobutan-2-yl)-2-oxaspiro[3.3]heptane-6-carboxamide (CEN-43)
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00189
  • The title compound was synthesized by the similar method described for CEN-2. LC-MS (linear gradient 10→98% MeCN, 0.1% TFA, 12 min): tR (min): 5.72; ESI-MS (m/z): 500.26 (M+H+).
  • Example 52—Preparation of (S)-2-(2-(3,3-Dimethylcyclobutyl)acetamido)-N-((R)-1-(4-fluoro-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)ethyl)-4-((S)-2-methylpiperidin-1-yl)-4-oxobutanamide (CEN-44)
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00190
  • The title compound was synthesized by the similar method described for CEN-2. LC-MS (linear gradient 10→98% MeCN, 0.1% TFA, 12 min): tR (min): 6.69; ESI-MS (m/z): 500 (M+H+).
  • Example 53—Preparation of N-((S)-1-(((S)-1-(4,6-Difluoro-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)ethyl)amino)-4-((S)-2-ethylpiperidin-1-yl)-1,4-dioxobutan-2-yl)-4-methylpentanamide (CEN-45)
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00191
  • The title compound was synthesized by the similar method described for CEN-2. LC-MS (linear gradient 10→98% MeCN, 0.1% TFA, 12 min): tR (min): 6.75; ESI-MS (m/z): 506.28 (M+H+).
  • Example 54—Preparation of N-((2S)-1-((1-(1H-Benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)ethyl)amino)-1,4-dioxo-4-((R)-2-phenylpyrrolidin-1-yl)butan-2-yl)-3-methylcyclobutane-1-carboxamide (CEN-46)
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00192
  • The title compound was synthesized by the similar method described for CEN-2. LC-MS (linear gradient 10→98% MeCN, 0.1% TFA, 12 min): tR (min): 5.48; ESI-MS (m/z): 502.27 (M+H+).
  • Example 55—Preparation of N-((2S)-1-((1-(1H-Benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)ethyl)amino)-1,4-dioxo-4-((R)-2-phenylpyrrolidin-1-yl)butan-2-yl)-4-methylpentanamide (CEN-47)
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00193
  • The title compound was synthesized by the similar method described for CEN-2. LC-MS (linear gradient 10→98% MeCN, 0.1% TFA, 9 min): tR (min): 5.57; ESI-MS (m/z): 504.28 (M+H+).
  • Example 56—Preparation of N-((S)-1-(((S)-1-(1H-Benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)ethyl)amino)-1,4-dioxo-4-((R)-2-phenylpyrrolidin-1-yl)butan-2-yl)-4-methylpentanamide (CEN-48)
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00194
  • The title compound was synthesized by the similar method described for CEN-2. LC-MS (linear gradient 10→98% MeCN, 0.1% TFA, 12 min): tR (min): 6.36; ESI-MS (m/z): 504.28 (M+H+).
  • Example 57—Preparation of N-((S)-1-(((R)-1-(1H-Benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)ethyl)amino)-1,4-dioxo-4-((R)-2-phenylpyrrolidin-1-yl)butan-2-yl)-4-methylpentanamide (CEN-49)
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00195
  • The title compound was synthesized by the similar method described for CEN-2. LC-MS (linear gradient 10→98% MeCN, 0.1% TFA, 12 min): tR (min): 6.77; ESI-MS (m/z): 504.28 (M+H+).
  • Example 58—Preparation of benzyl ((S)-1-(((S)-1-(4-Fluoro-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)ethyl)amino)-4-((S)-2-methylpiperidin-1-yl)-1,4-dioxobutan-2-yl)carbamate (CEN-50)
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00196
  • The title compound was synthesized by the similar method described for CEN-5. LC-MS (linear gradient 10→98% MeCN, 0.1% TFA, 12 min): tR (min): 6.12; ESI-MS (m/z): 510.24 (M+H+).
  • Example 59—Preparation of N-((2S)-4-(2-Cyclopropylpyrrolidin-1-yl)-1-(((S)-1-(7-fluoro-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)ethyl)amino)-1,4-dioxobutan-2-yl)-2-oxaspiro[3.3]heptane-6-carboxamide (CEN-51)
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00197
  • The title compound was synthesized by the similar method described for CEN-2. LC-MS (linear gradient 10→98% MeCN, 0.1% TFA, 12 min): tR (min): 5.80; ESI-MS (m/z): 512.26 (M+H+).
  • Example 60—Preparation of N-((2S)-1-((1-(1H-Benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)ethyl)amino)-1,4-dioxo-4-((R)-2-phenylpyrrolidin-1-yl)butan-2-yl)-5-methylisoxazole-3-carboxamide (CEN-52)
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00198
  • The title compound was synthesized by the similar method described for CEN-2. LC-MS (linear gradient 10→98% MeCN, 0.1% TFA, 12 min): tR (min): 5.37; ESI-MS (m/z): 515.23 (M+H+).
  • Example 61—Preparation of N-((S)-1-(((S)-1-(1H-Benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)ethyl)amino)-1,4-dioxo-4-((R)-2-phenylpyrrolidin-1-yl)butan-2-yl)-5-methylisoxazole-3-carboxamide (CEN-53)
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00199
  • The title compound was synthesized by the similar method described for CEN-2. LC-MS (linear gradient 10→98% MeCN, 0.1% TFA, 12 min): tR (min): 5.28; ESI-MS (m/z): 515.23 (M+H+).
  • Example 62—Preparation of N-((S)-1-(((S)-1-(1H-Benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)ethyl)amino)-1,4-dioxo-4-((R)-2-phenylpyrrolidin-1-yl)butan-2-yl)-4,4-dimethylpentanamide (CEN-54)
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00200
  • The title compound was synthesized by the similar method described for CEN-2. LC-MS (linear gradient 10→98% MeCN, 0.1% TFA, 12 min): tR (min): 5.09; ESI-MS (m/z): 518.30 (M+H+).
  • Example 63—Preparation of (1S,2S)-N-((S)-1-(((S)-1-(4-Fluoro-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)ethyl)amino)-4-((S)-2-methylpiperidin-1-yl)-1,4-dioxobutan-2-yl)-2-phenylcyclopropane-1-carboxamide (CEN-55)
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00201
  • The title compound was synthesized by the similar method described for CEN-2. LC-MS (linear gradient 10→98% MeCN, 0.1% TFA, 12 min): tR (min): 6.10; ESI-MS (m/z): 520.26 (M+H+).
  • Example 64—Preparation of (S)-2-(3-Benzyl-3-methylureido)-N-((S)-1-(4-fluoro-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)ethyl)-4-((S)-2-methylpiperidin-1-yl)-4-oxobutanamide (CEN-56)
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00202
  • The title compound was synthesized by the similar method described for CEN-15. LC-MS (linear gradient 10→98% MeCN, 0.1% TFA, 12 min): tR (min): 5.88; ESI-MS (m/z): 523.27 (M+H+).
  • Example 65—Preparation of 6,6-Difluoro-N-((S)-1-(((S)-1-(4-fluoro-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)ethyl)amino)-4-((S)-2-methylpiperidin-1-yl)-1,4-dioxobutan-2-yl)spiro[3.3]heptane-2-carboxamide (CEN-57)
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00203
  • The title compound was synthesized by the similar method described for CEN-2. LC-MS (linear gradient 10→98% MeCN, 0.1% TFA, 12 min): tR (min): 7.07; ESI-MS (m/z): 534.26 (M+H+).
  • Example 66—Preparation of (2S)-N-(1-(1H-Benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)ethyl)-2-((3-methylbutyl)sulfonamido)-4-oxo-4-((R)-2-phenylpyrrolidin-1-yl)butanamide (CEN-58)
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00204
  • The title compound was synthesized by the similar method described for CEN-24. LC-MS (linear gradient 10→98% MeCN, 0.1% TFA, 12 min): tR (min): 5.67; ESI-MS (m/z): 540.25 (M+H+).
  • Example 67—Preparation of (S)-N-((S)-1-(1H-Benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)ethyl)-2-((3-methylbutyl)sulfonamido)-4-oxo-4-((R)-2-phenylpyrrolidin-1-yl)butanamide (CEN-59)
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00205
  • The title compound was synthesized by the similar method described for CEN-24. LC-MS (linear gradient 10→98% MeCN, 0.1% TFA, 12 min): tR (min): 4.94; ESI-MS (m/z): 540 (M+H+).
  • Example 68—Preparation of (S)-N-((R)-1-(1H-Benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)ethyl)-2-((3-methylbutyl)sulfonamido)-4-oxo-4-((R)-2-phenylpyrrolidin-1-yl)butanamide (CEN-60)
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00206
  • The title compound was synthesized by the similar method described for CEN-24. LC-MS (linear gradient 10→98% MeCN, 0.1% TFA, 12 min): tR (min): 5.76; ESI-MSf(m/z): 540.25 (M+H+).
  • Example 69—Preparation of N-((2S)-4-(2-Cyclopropylpyrrolidin-1-yl)-1-(((S)-1-(7-fluoro-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)ethyl)amino)-1,4-dioxobutan-2-yl)-6,6-difluorospiro[3.3]heptane-2-carboxamide (CEN-61)
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00207
  • The title compound was synthesized by the similar method described for CEN-2. LC-MS (linear gradient 10→98% MeCN, 0.1% TFA, 12 min): tR (min): 7.16; ESI-MS (m/z): 546.26 (M+H+).
  • Example 70—Preparation of 6,6-Difluoro-N-((S)-1-((1-(7-fluoro-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)cyclopropyl)amino)-4-((S)-2-methylpiperidin-1-yl)-1,4-dioxobutan-2-yl)spiro[3.3]heptane-2-carboxamide (CEN-62)
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00208
  • The title compound was synthesized by the similar method described for CEN-2. LC-MS (linear gradient 10→98% MeCN, 0.1% TFA, 12 min): tR (min): 7.32; ESI-MS (m/z): 546.26 (M+H+).
  • Example 71—Preparation of N-((S)-1-(((S)-1-(7-Fluoro-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)ethyl)amino)-1,4-dioxo-4-((S)-2-phenylpyrrolidin-1-yl)butan-2-yl)-2-oxaspiro[3.3]heptane-6-carboxamide (CEN-63)
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00209
  • The title compound was synthesized by the similar method described for CEN-2. LC-MS (linear gradient 10→98% MeCN, 0.1% TFA, 12 min): tR (min): 6.13; ESI-MS (m/z): 548.26 (M+H+).
  • Example 72—Preparation of N-((2S)-4-(2-Cyclopropylpyrrolidin-1-yl)-1-((1-(7-fluoro-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)cyclopropyl)amino)-1,4-dioxobutan-2-yl)-6,6-difluorospiro[3.3]heptane-2-carboxamide (CEN-64)
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00210
  • The title compound was synthesized by the similar method described for CEN-2. LC-MS (linear gradient 10→98% MeCN, 0.1% TFA, 12 min): tR (min): 7.40; ESI-MS (m/z): 558.2 (M+H+).
  • Example 73—Preparation of 5,5,5-Trifluoro-N-((S)-1-(((S)-1-(1-methyl-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)ethyl)amino)-1,4-dioxo-4-((R)-2-phenylpyrrolidin-1-yl)butan-2-yl)pentanamide (CEN-65)
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00211
  • The title compound was synthesized by the similar method described for CEN-2. LC-MS (linear gradient 10→98% MeCN, 0.1% TFA, 12 min): tR (min): 4.81; ESI-MS (m/z): 558 (M+H+).
  • Example 74—Preparation of N-((S)-1-(((S)-1-(Benzo[d]oxazol-2-yl)ethyl)amino)-1,4-dioxo-4-((R)-2-phenylpyrrolidin-1-yl)butan-2-yl)-5,5,5-trifluoropentanamide (CEN-66)
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00212
  • The title compound was synthesized by the similar method described for CEN-2. LC-MS (linear gradient 10→98% MeCN, 0.1% TFA, 12 min): tR (min): 7.07; ESI-MS (m/z): 545 (M+H+).
  • Example 75—Preparation of N-((S)-1-(((S)-1-(Benzo[d]thiazol-2-yl)ethyl)amino)-1,4-dioxo-4-((R)-2-phenylpyrrolidin-1-yl)butan-2-yl)-5,5,5-trifluoropentanamide (CEN-67)
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00213
  • The title compound was synthesized by the similar method described for CEN-2. LC-MS (linear gradient 10→98% MeCN, 0.1% TFA, 12 min): tR (min): 7.24; ESI-MS (m/z): 561 (M+H+).
  • Example 76—Preparation of N-((S)-1-(((S)-1-(Benzo[d]oxazol-2-yl)ethyl)amino)-1,4-dioxo-4-((R)-2-phenylpyrrolidin-1-yl)butan-2-yl)-6,6-difluorospiro[3.3]heptane-2-carboxamide (CEN-68)
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00214
  • The title compound was synthesized by the similar method described for CEN-2. LC-MS (linear gradient 10→98% MeCN, 0.1% TFA, 12 min): tR (min): 7.26; ESI-MS (m/z): 565 (M+H+).
  • Example 77—Preparation of (S)-N4-(tert-Butyl)-N1-(1-(4-fluoro-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)cyclopropyl)-2-((4-methylphenyl)sulfonamido)succinamide (CEN-69)
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00215
  • The title compound was synthesized by the similar method described for CEN-24. LC-MS (linear gradient 10→95% MeCN, 0.1% TFA, 5 min): tR (min): 3.19; ESI-MS (m/z): 516.40 (M+H+).
  • Example 78—Preparation of (S)-N5-(tert-Butyl)-N1-(1-(4-fluoro-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)cyclopropyl)-2-((4-methylphenyl)sulfonamido)pentanediamide (CEN-70)
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00216
  • The title compound was synthesized by the similar method described for CEN-24. LC-MS (linear gradient 10→95% MeCN, 0.1% TFA, 5 min): tR (min): 3.17; ESI-MS (m/z): 530.45 (M+H+).
  • Example 79—Preparation of (2S,3R)-N-((S)-1-(7-Fluoro-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)ethyl)-3-hydroxy-2-((4-methylphenyl)sulfonamido)butanamide (CEN-71)
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00217
  • The title compound was synthesized by the similar method described for CEN-24. LC-MS (linear gradient 10→95% MeCN, 0.1% TFA, 5 min): tR (min): 2.66; ESI-MS (m/z): 435.28 (M+H+).
  • Example 80—Preparation of (2S,3R)-N-((S)-1-(4-Fluoro-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)ethyl)-2-(3-(4-fluorophenyl)propanamido)-3-hydroxybutanamide (CEN-72)
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00218
  • The title compound was synthesized by the similar method described for CEN-24. LC-MS (linear gradient 10→95% MeCN, 0.1% TFA, 5 min): tR (min): 2.65; ESI-MS (m/z): 431.34 (M+H+).
  • Example 81—Preparation of (S)-N5-(tert-Butyl)-N1-(1-(7-fluoro-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-2-yl)cyclopropyl)-2-(3-(4-fluorophenyl)propanamido)pentanediamide (CEN-73)
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00219
  • The title compound was synthesized by the similar method described for CEN-24. LC-MS (linear gradient 10→95% MeCN, 0.1% TFA, 5 min): tR (min): 3.12; ESI-MS (m/z): 526.45 (M+H+).
  • Example 82—Preparation of Benzyl (S)-(1-Oxo-1-((2-oxo-2-phenylethyl)amino)propan-2-yl)carbamate (2-1)
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00220
  • The title compound was synthesized by following the general protocol for HATU mediated coupling of ((benzyloxy)carbonyl)-L-alanine and 2-amino-1-phenylethan-1-one hydrochloride on a 1.3 mmol scale, and isolated as a white solid in quant. yield. LC-MS (linear gradient 10→98% MeCN, 0.1% TFA, 6.5 min): tR (min): 3.53; ESI-MS (m/z): 363.13 (M+Na+).
  • Example 83—Preparation of Benzyl (S)-(1-(5-Phenyl-1H-imidazol-2-yl)ethyl)carbamate (2-2)
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00221
  • To a solution of 2-1 (450 mg, 1.32 mmol) in AcOH (4 mL) was added ammonium acetate (2.04 g, 26.4 mmol), and the reaction mixture was heated to reflux for 2 hours. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was poured into H2O (15 mL) and extracted with DCM (10 mL×3). The combined organic layers were washed with saturated brine (50 mL×2), dried over Na2SO4, and concentrated under vacuum to give title product (400 mg) as a gum. LC-MS (linear gradient 10→98% MeCN, 0.1% TFA, 6.5 min): tR (min): 2.55; ESI-MS (m/z): 322.14 (M+H+).
  • Example 84—Preparation of (S)-1-(5-Phenyl-1H-imidazol-2-yl)ethan-1-amine (2-3)
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00222
  • The title compound was synthesized by following the O-Debenzylation protocol of 2-2 on a 1.0 mmol scale. LC-MS (linear gradient 10→98% MeCN, 0.1% TFA, 6.5 min): tR (min): 2.12; ESI-MS (m/z): 188.10 (M+H+).
  • Example 85—Preparation of (S)-1-(5-(2-Fluorophenyl)-1H-imidazol-2-yl)ethan-1-amine (2-4)
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00223
  • The title compound was synthesized by the similar method described for 2-3. LC-MS (linear gradient 10→98% MeCN, 0.1% TFA, 6.5 min): tR (min): 2.29; ESI-MS (m/z): 206.1 (M+H+).
  • Example 86—Preparation of (S)-1-(5-(4-Fluorophenyl)-1H-imidazol-2-yl)ethan-1-amine (2-5)
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00224
  • The title compound was synthesized by the similar method described for 2-3. LC-MS (linear gradient 10→98% MeCN, 0.1% TFA, 6.5 min): tR (min): 2.20; ESI-MS (m/z): 206.1 (M+H+).
  • Example 87—Preparation of (S)-1-(5-(2,4-Difluorophenyl)-1H-imidazol-2-yl)ethan-1-amine (2-6)
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00225
  • The title compound was synthesized by the similar method described for 2-3. LC-MS (linear gradient 10→98% MeCN, 0.1% TFA, 6.5 min): tR (min): 2.35; ESI-MS (m/z): 224.1 (M+H+).
  • Example 88—Preparation of (S)-1-(5-Benzyl-1H-imidazol-2-yl)ethan-1-amine (2-7)
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00226
  • The title compound was synthesized by the similar method described for 2-3. LC-MS (linear gradient 10→98% MeCN, 0.1% TFA, 6.5 min): tR (min): 1.81; ESI-MS (m/z): 202.1 (M+H+).
  • Example 89—Preparation of Benzyl (S)-3-((tert-Butoxycarbonyl)amino)-4-(((S)-1-(5-(2-fluorophenyl)-1H-imidazol-2-yl)ethyl)amino)-4-oxobutanoate (2-8)
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00227
  • The title compound was synthesized by following the general protocol for HATU mediated coupling of 2-4 and (S)-4-(benzyloxy)-2-(tert-butoxycarbonylamino)-4-oxobutanoic acid on a 0.7 mmol scale, and isolated as a white solid (160mg). LC-MS (linear gradient 10→98% MeCN, 0.1% TFA, 6.5 min): tR (min): 2.90; ESI-MS (m/z): 511.21 (M+H+).
  • Example 90—Preparation of (S)-3-((tert-Butoxycarbonyl)amino)-4-(((S)-1-(5-(2-fluorophenyl)-1H-imidazol-2-yl)ethyl)amino)-4-oxobutanoic Acid (2-9)
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00228
  • The title compound was synthesized by following the O-Debenzylation protocol of 2-8 on a 1.0 mmol scale. LC-MS (linear gradient 10→98% MeCN, 0.1% TFA, 6.5 min): tR (min): 2.51; ESI-MS (m/z): 421.10 (M+H+).
  • Example 91—Preparation of tert-Butyl ((S)-1-(((S)-1-(5-(2-Fluorophenyl)-1H-imidazol-2-yl)ethyl)amino)-1,4-dioxo-4-((R)-2-phenylpyrrolidin-1-yl)butan-2-yl)carbamate (2-10)
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00229
  • The title compound was synthesized by following the general protocol for HATU mediated coupling of 2-9 and (R)-2-phenylpyrrolidine on a 0.1 mmol scale. LC-MS (linear gradient 10→98% MeCN, 0.1% TFA, 6.5 min): tR (min): 2.83; ESI-MS (m/z): 550.1 (M+H+).
  • Example 92—Preparation of (S)-2-Amino-N-((S)-1-(5-(2-fluorophenyl)-1H-imidazol-2-yl)ethyl)-4-oxo-4-((R)-2-phenylpyrrolidin-1-yl)butanamide (CEN-74)
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00230
  • The title compound was synthesized by following the general protocol for Boc-Deprotection protocol of 2-10 on a 0.05 mmol scale. LC-MS (linear gradient 10→98% MeCN, 0.1% TFA, 12 min): tR (min): 4.25; ESI-MS (m/z): 450.22 (M+H+).
  • Example 93—Preparation of N-((S)-1-(((S)-1-(5-(2-Fluorophenyl)-1H-imidazol-2-yl)ethyl)amino)-1,4-dioxo-4-((R)-2-phenylpyrrolidin-1-yl)butan-2-yl)-5-methylisoxazole-3-carboxamide (CEN-75)
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00231
  • The title compound was synthesized by following the general protocol for HATU mediated coupling of CEN-74 and 5-methylisoxazole-3-carboxylic acid on a 0.1 mmol scale. LC-MS (linear gradient 10→98% MeCN, 0.1% TFA, 12 min): tR (min): 4.72; ESI-MS (m/z): 559.20 (M+H+).
  • Example 94—Preparation of (S)-2-Amino-N-((S)-1-(5-(2,4-difluorophenyl)-1H-imidazol-2-yl)ethyl)-4-((S)-2-methylpiperidin-1-yl)-4-oxobutanamide (CEN-76)
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00232
  • The title compound was synthesized by the similar method described for CEN-74. LC-MS (linear gradient 10→98% MeCN, 0.1% TFA, 12 min): tR (min): 3.81; ESI-MS (m/z): 420.21 (M+H+).
  • Example 95—Preparation of N-((S)-1-(((S)-1-(5-(2,4-Difluorophenyl)-1H-imidazol-2-yl)ethyl)amino)-1,4-dioxo-4-(pyrrolidin-1-yl)butan-2-yl)-4-methylpentanamide (CEN-77)
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00233
  • The title compound was synthesized by the similar method described for CEN-75. LC-MS (linear gradient 10→98% MeCN, 0.1% TFA, 12 min): tR (min): 5.30; ESI-MS (m/z): 490.25 (M+H+).
  • Example 96—Preparation of (S)-N1-((S)-1-(5-(2,4-Difluorophenyl)-1H-imidazol-2-yl)ethyl)-N4-isopropyl-N4-methyl-2-(4-methylpentanamido)succinamide (CEN-78)
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00234
  • The title compound was synthesized by the similar method described for CEN-75. LC-MS (linear gradient 10→98% MeCN, 0.1% TFA, 6.5 min): tR (min): 2.77; ESI-MS (m/z): 492.27 (M+H+).
  • Example 97—Preparation of (S)-N1-((S)-1-(5-(2,4-Difluorophenyl)-1H-imidazol-2-yl)ethyl)-N4,N4-diethyl-2-(4-methylpentanamido)succinamide (CEN-79)
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00235
  • The title compound was synthesized by the similar method described for CEN-75. LC-MS (linear gradient 10→98% MeCN, 0.1% TFA, 12 min): tR (min): 5.51; ESI-MS (m/z): 492.27 (M+H+).
  • Example 98—Preparation of N-((S)-1-(((S)-1-(5-(2,4-Difluorophenyl)-1H-imidazol-2-yl)ethyl)amino)-1,4-dioxo-4-(pyrrolidin-1-yl)butan-2-yl)-5-methylisoxazole-3-carboxamide (CEN-80)
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00236
  • The title compound was synthesized by the similar method described for CEN-75. LC-MS (linear gradient 10→98% MeCN, 0.1% TFA, 12 min): tR (min): 4.24; ESI-MS (m/z):
  • 501 (M+H+).
  • Example 99—Preparation of (S)-2-(2-Cyclopropylacetamido)-N-((S)-1-(5-(2,4-difluorophenyl)-1H-imidazol-2-yl)ethyl)-4-((S)-2-methylpiperidin-1-yl)-4-oxobutanamide (CEN-81)
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00237
  • The title compound was synthesized by the similar method described for CEN-75. LC-MS (linear gradient 10→98% MeCN, 0.1% TFA, 12 min): tR (min): 5.20; ESI-MS (m/z): 502.25 (M+H+).
  • Example 100—Preparation of N-((S)-1-(((S)-1-(5-(2,4-Difluorophenyl)-1H-imidazol-2-yl)ethyl)amino)-4-((S)-2-methylpiperidin-1-yl)-1,4-dioxobutan-2-yl)cyclobutanecarboxamide (CEN-82)
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00238
  • The title compound was synthesized by the similar method described for CEN-75. LC-MS (linear gradient 10→98% MeCN, 0.1% TFA, 12 min): tR (min): 4.48; ESI-MS (m/z): 502 (M+H+).
  • Example 101—Preparation of N-((S)-1-(((S)-1-(5-(2,4-Difluorophenyl)-1H-imidazol-2-yl)ethyl)amino)-1,4-dioxo-4-(pyrrolidin-1-yl)butan-2-yl)-4,4-dimethylpentanamide (CEN-83)
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00239
  • The title compound was synthesized by the similar method described for CEN-75. LC-MS (linear gradient 10→98% MeCN, 0.1% TFA, 12 min): tR (min): 5.41; ESI-MS (m/z): 504.27 (M+H+).
  • Example 102—Preparation of N-((S)-1-(((S)-1-(5-(2,4-Difluorophenyl)-1H-imidazol-2-yl)ethyl)amino)-1,4-dioxo-4-(piperidin-1-yl)butan-2-yl)-4-methylpentanamide (CEN-84)
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00240
  • The title compound was synthesized by the similar method described for CEN-75. LC-MS (linear gradient 10→98% MeCN, 0.1% TFA, 12 min): tR (min): 5.59; ESI-MS (m/z): 504.27 (M+H+).
  • Example 103—Preparation of (S)-N-((S)-1-(5-(2,4-Difluorophenyl)-1H-imidazol-2-yl)ethyl)-2-((3-methyl-2-oxobutyl)amino)-4-((S)-2-methylpiperidin-1-yl)-4-oxobutanamide (CEN-85)
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00241
  • The title compound was synthesized by the similar method described for CEN-75. LC-MS (linear gradient 10→98% MeCN, 0.1% TFA, 12 min): tR (min): 4.54; ESI-MS (m/z): 504.27 (M+H+).
  • Example 104—Preparation of (S)-N-((S)-1-(5-(2,4-Difluorophenyl)-1H-imidazol-2-yl)ethyl)-2-(ethylsulfonamido)-4-((S)-2-methylpiperidin-1-yl)-4-oxobutanamide (CEN-86)
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00242
  • The title compound was synthesized by the similar method described for CEN-24. LC-MS (linear gradient 10→98% MeCN, 0.1% TFA, 12 min): tR (min): 4.88; ESI-MS (m/z): 512.20 (M+H+).
  • Example 105—Preparation of (S)-2-(3-Cyclopropylpropanamido)-N-((S)-1-(5-(2,4-difluorophenyl)-1H-imidazol-2-yl)ethyl)-4-((S)-2-methylpiperidin-1-yl)-4-oxobutanamide (CEN-87)
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00243
  • The title compound was synthesized by the similar method described for CEN-75. LC-MS (linear gradient 10→98% MeCN, 0.1% TFA, 12 min): tR (min): 5.52; ESI-MS (m/z): 516.27 (M+H+).
  • Example 106—Preparation of N-((S)-1-(((S)-1-(5-(2,4-Difluorophenyl)-1H-imidazol-2-yl)ethyl)amino)-4-((S)-2-methylpiperidin-1-yl)-1,4-dioxobutan-2-yl)-4-methylpentanamide (CEN-88)
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00244
  • The title compound was synthesized by the similar method described for CEN-75. LC-MS (linear gradient 10→98% MeCN, 0.1% TFA, 12 min): tR (min): 5.67; ESI-MS (m/z): 518.28 (M+H+).
  • Example 107—Preparation of N-((S)-1-(((S)-1-(5-(2,4-Difluorophenyl)-1H-imidazol-2-yl)ethyl)amino)-4-((S)-2-methylpyrrolidin-1-yl)-1,4-dioxobutan-2-yl)-4,4-dimethylpentanamide (CEN-89)
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00245
  • The title compound was synthesized by the similar method described for CEN-75. LC-MS (linear gradient 10→98% MeCN, 0.1% TFA, 12 min): tR (min): 5.75; ESI-MS (m/z): 518.28 (M+H+).
  • Example 108—Preparation of N-((S)-4-(Azepan-1-yl)-1-(((S)-1-(5-(2,4-difluorophenyl)-1H-imidazol-2-yl)ethyl)amino)-1,4-dioxobutan-2-yl)-4-methylpentanamide (CEN-90)
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00246
  • The title compound was synthesized by the similar method described for CEN-75. LC-MS (linear gradient 10→98% MeCN, 0.1% TFA, 12 min): tR (min): 5.77; ESI-MS (m/z): 518.26 (M+H+).
  • Example 109—Preparation of N-((S)-1-(((S)-1-(5-(2,4-Difluorophenyl)-1H-imidazol-2-yl)ethyl)amino)-4-((R)-2-methylpiperidin-1-yl)-1,4-dioxobutan-2-yl)-4-methylpentanamide (CEN-91)
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00247
  • The title compound was synthesized by the similar method described for CEN-75. LC-MS (linear gradient 10→98% MeCN, 0.1% TFA, 12 min): tR (min): 5.83; ESI-MS (m/z): 518.28 (M+H+).
  • Example 110—Preparation of N-((S)-1-(((S)-1-(5-(2,4-Difluorophenyl)-1H-imidazol-2-yl)ethyl)amino)-4-((S)-3-methylmorpholino)-1,4-dioxobutan-2-yl)-4-methylpentanamide (CEN-92)
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00248
  • The title compound was synthesized by the similar method described for CEN-75. LC-MS (linear gradient 10→98% MeCN, 0.1% TFA, 12 min): tR (min): 5.04; ESI-MS (m/z): 520.26 (M+H+).
  • Example 111—Preparation of N-((S)-1-(((S)-1-(5-(2,4-Difluorophenyl)-1H-imidazol-2-yl)ethyl)amino)-4-((S)-2-methylpiperidin-1-yl)-1,4-dioxobutan-2-yl)-1-methyl-1H-imidazole-4-carboxamide (CEN-93)
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00249
  • The title compound was synthesized by the similar method described for CEN-75. LC-MS (linear gradient 10→98% MeCN, 0.1% TFA, 12 min): tR (min): 4.30; ESI-MS (m/z): 528.24 (M+H+).
  • Example 112—Preparation of N-((S)-1-(((S)-1-(5-(2,4-Difluorophenyl)-1H-imidazol-2-yl)ethyl)amino)-4-((S)-2-methylpiperidin-1-yl)-1,4-dioxobutan-2-yl)-5-methylisoxazole-3-carboxamide (CEN-94)
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00250
  • The title compound was synthesized by the similar method described for CEN-75. LC-MS (linear gradient 10→98% MeCN, 0.1% TFA, 12 min): tR (min): 5.47; ESI-MS (m/z): 529.22 (M+H+).
  • Example 113—Preparation of (S)-N-((S)-1-(5-(2,4-Difluorophenyl)-1H-imidazol-2-yl)ethyl)-2-((3-isopropyl-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl)amino)-4-((S)-2-methylpiperidin-1-yl)-4-oxobutanamide (CEN-95)
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00251
  • The title compound was synthesized by the similar method described for CEN-8. LC-MS (linear gradient 10→98% MeCN, 0.1% TFA, 12 min): tR (min): 5.81; ESI-MS (m/z): 530.26 (M+H+).
  • Example 114—Preparation of N-((S)-1-(((S)-1-(5-(2,4-difluorophenyl)-1H-imidazol-2-yl)ethyl)amino)-4-((S)-2-methylpiperidin-1-yl)-1,4-dioxobutan-2-yl)-3,3-dimethylcyclobutane-1-carboxamide (CEN-96)
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00252
  • The title compound was synthesized by the similar method described for CEN-75. LC-MS (linear gradient 10→98% MeCN, 0.1% TFA, 12 min): tR (min): 6.01; ESI-MS (m/z): 530.28 (M+H+).
  • Example 115—Preparation of N-((S)-1-(((S)-1-(5-(2,4-Difluorophenyl)-1H-imidazol-2-yl)ethyl)amino)-4-((S)-2-methylpiperidin-1-yl)-1,4-dioxobutan-2-yl)-2-isopropylcyclopropane-1-carboxamide (CEN-97)
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00253
  • The title compound was synthesized by the similar method described for CEN-75. LC-MS (linear gradient 10→98% MeCN, 0.1% TFA, 12 min): tR (min): 6.02; ESI-MS (m/z): 530.28 (M+H+).
  • Example 116—Preparation of N-((S)-1-(((S)-1-(5-(2,4-Difluorophenyl)-1H-imidazol-2-yl)ethyl)amino)-4-((S)-2-methylpiperidin-1-yl)-1,4-dioxobutan-2-yl)thiazole-5-carboxamide (CEN-98)
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00254
  • The title compound was synthesized by the similar method described for CEN-75. LC-MS (linear gradient 10→98% MeCN, 0.1% TFA, 12 min): tR (min): 4.81; ESI-MS (m/z): 531.19 (M+H+).
  • Example 117—Preparation of N-((S)-1-(((S)-1-(5-(2,4-Difluorophenyl)-1H-imidazol-2-yl)ethyl)amino)-4-((S)-2-methylpiperidin-1-yl)-1,4-dioxobutan-2-yl)-4,4-dimethylpentanamide (CEN-99)
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00255
  • The title compound was synthesized by the similar method described for CEN-75. LC-MS (linear gradient 10→98% MeCN, 0.1% TFA, 12 min): tR (min): 5.96; ESI-MS (m/z): 532.30 (M+H+).
  • Example 118—Preparation of N-((S)-1-(((S)-1-(5-(2,4-Difluorophenyl)-1H-imidazol-2-yl)ethyl)amino)-4-((S)-2-ethylpiperidin-1-yl)-1,4-dioxobutan-2-yl)-4-methylpentanamide (CEN-100)
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00256
  • The title compound was synthesized by the similar method described for CEN-75. LC-MS (linear gradient 10→98% MeCN, 0.1% TFA, 12 min): tR (min): 6.16; ESI-MS (m/z): 532.30 (M+H+).
  • Example 119—Preparation of N-((S)-1-(5-(2,4-Difluorophenyl)-1H-imidazol-2-yl)ethyl)-2-(4,4-dimethylpentanoyl)-1-(2-((S)-2-methylpiperidin-1-yl)-2-oxoethyl)hydrazine-1-carboxamide (CEN-101)
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00257
  • The title compound was synthesized by the similar method described for CEN-75. LC-MS (linear gradient 10→98% MeCN, 0.1% TFA, 12 min): tR (min): 5.73; ESI-MS (m/z): 533.3 (M+H+).
  • Example 120—Preparation of (S)-N-((S)-1-(5-(2,4-Difluorophenyl)-1H-imidazol-2-yl)ethyl)-4-((S)-2-methylpiperidin-1-yl)-4-oxo-2-(2-phenylacetamido)butanamide (CEN-102)
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00258
  • The title compound was synthesized by the similar method described for CEN-75. LC-MS (linear gradient 10→98% MeCN, 0.1% TFA, 12 min): tR (min): 5.47; ESI-MS (m/z): 538.25 (M+H+).
  • Example 121—Preparation of (S)-N-((S)-1-(5-(2,4-Difluorophenyl)-1H-imidazol-2-yl)ethyl)-4-((S)-2-methylpiperidin-1-yl)-4-oxo-2-((2-oxo-2-phenylethyl)amino)butanamide (CEN-103)
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00259
  • The title compound was synthesized by the similar method described for CEN-8. LC-MS (linear gradient 10→98% MeCN, 0.1% TFA, 12 min): tR (min): 4.70; ESI-MS (m/z): 538.25 (M+H+).
  • Example 122—Preparation of (S)-N-((S)-1-(5-(2,4-Difluorophenyl)-1H-imidazol-2-yl)ethyl)-4-((S)-2-methylpiperidin-1-yl)-2-((2-methylpropyl)sulfonamido)-4-oxobutanamide (CEN-104)
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00260
  • The title compound was synthesized by the similar method described for CEN-24. LC-MS (linear gradient 10→98% MeCN, 0.1% TFA, 12 min): tR (min): 4.83; ESI-MS (m/z): 540 (M+H+).
  • Example 123—Preparation of N-((S)-1-(((S)-1-(5-(2,4-Difluorophenyl)-1H-imidazol-2-yl)ethyl)amino)-4-((S)-2-methylpiperidin-1-yl)-1,4-dioxobutan-2-yl)-2-methylthiazole-5-carboxamide (CEN-105)
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00261
  • The title compound was synthesized by the similar method described for CEN-75. LC-MS (linear gradient 10→98% MeCN, 0.1% TFA, 12 min): tR (min): 4.98; ESI-MS (m/z): 545.20 (M+H+).
  • Example 124—Preparation of (S)-N-((S)-1-(5-(2,4-Difluorophenyl)-1H-imidazol-2-yl)ethyl)-4-((S)-2-methylpiperidin-1-yl)-4-oxo-2-(2-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-yl)acetamido)butanamide (CEN-106)
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00262
  • The title compound was synthesized by the similar method described for CEN-75. LC-MS (linear gradient 10→98% MeCN, 0.1% TFA, 12 min): tR (min): 4.92; ESI-MS (m/z): 546.28 (M+H+).
  • Example 125—Preparation of N-((2S)-1-(((S)-1-(5-(2,4-Difluorophenyl)-1H-imidazol-2-yl)ethyl)amino)-4-(2-isopropylpiperidin-1-yl)-1,4-dioxobutan-2-yl)-4-methylpentanamide (CEN-107)
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00263
  • The title compound was synthesized by the similar method described for CEN-75. LC-MS (linear gradient 10→98% MeCN, 0.1% TFA, 12 min): tR (min): 6.41; ESI-MS (m/z): 546.31 (M+H+).
  • Example 126—Preparation of (S)-2-((2-Cyclopropylethyl)sulfonamido)-N-((S)-1-(5-(2,4-difluorophenyl)-1H-imidazol-2-yl)ethyl)-4-((S)-2-methylpiperidin-1-yl)-4-oxobutanamide (CEN-108)
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00264
  • The title compound was synthesized by the similar method described for CEN-24. LC-MS (linear gradient 10→98% MeCN, 0.1% TFA, 12 min): tR (min): 5.78; ESI-MS (m/z): 552.23 (M+H+).
  • Example 127—Preparation of (S)-2-(Benzo[d]oxazol-2-ylamino)-N-((S)-1-(5-(2,4-difluorophenyl)-1H-imidazol-2-yl)ethyl)-4-((S)-2-methylpiperidin-1-yl)-4-oxobutanamide (CEN-109)
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00265
  • The title compound was synthesized by the similar method described for CEN-16. LC-MS (linear gradient 10→98% MeCN, 0.1% TFA, 12 min): tR (min): 5.80; ESI-MS (m/z): 537.23 (M+H+).
  • Example 128—Preparation of (S)-N-((S)-1-(5-(2,4-Difluorophenyl)-1H-imidazol-2-yl)ethyl)-4-((S)-2-methylpiperidin-1-yl)-4-oxo-2-(phenylsulfonamido)butanamide (CEN-110)
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00266
  • The title compound was synthesized by the similar method described for CEN-24. LC-MS (linear gradient 10→98% MeCN, 0.1% TFA, 12 min): tR (min): 5.54; ESI-MS (m/z): 560.20 (M+H+).
  • Example 129—Preparation of N-((S)-1-(((S)-1-(5-(2,4-Difluorophenyl)-1H-imidazol-2-yl)ethyl)amino)-1,4-dioxo-4-((R)-2-(trifluoromethyl)piperidin-1-yl)butan-2-yl)-4-methylpentanamide (CEN-111)
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00267
  • The title compound was synthesized by the similar method described for CEN-75. LC-MS (linear gradient 10→98% MeCN, 0.1% TFA, 12 min): tR (min): 5.17; ESI-MS (m/z): 572.25(M+H+).
  • Example 130—Preparation of (S)-N-((S)-1-(5-(2,4-Difluorophenyl)-1H-imidazol-2-yl)ethyl)-4-((S)-2-methylpiperidin-1-yl)-4-oxo-2-((phenylmethyl)sulfonamido)butanamide (CEN-112)
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00268
  • The title compound was synthesized by the similar method described for CEN-75. LC-MS (linear gradient 10→98% MeCN, 0.1% TFA, 12 min): tR (min): 5.75; ESI-MS (m/z): 574.22 (M+H+).
  • Example 131—Preparation of (S)-N-((S)-1-(5-(2,4-Difluorophenyl)-1H-imidazol-2-yl)ethyl)-2-((4-methylphenyl)sulfonamido)-4-((S)-2-methylpiperidin-1-yl)-4-oxobutanamide (CEN-113)
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00269
  • The title compound was synthesized by the similar method described for CEN-24. LC-MS (linear gradient 10→98% MeCN, 0.1% TFA, 12 min): tR (min): 5.81; ESI-MS (m/z): 574.22 (M+H+).
  • Example 132—Preparation of (S)-N-((S)-1-(5-(2,4-Difluorophenyl)-1H-imidazol-2-yl)ethyl)-2-((3-methylbutyl)sulfonamido)-4-((S)-2-methylpiperidin-1-yl)-4-oxobutanamide (CEN-114)
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00270
  • The title compound was synthesized by the similar method described for CEN-24. LC-MS (linear gradient 10→98% MeCN, 0.1% TFA, 12 min): tR (min): 5.80; ESI-MS (m/z): 554.25 (M+H+).
  • Example 133—Preparation of N-((S)-1-(((S)-1-(5-(2,4-Difluorophenyl)-1H-imidazol-2-yl)ethyl)amino)-1,4-dioxo-4-((R)-2-phenylpyrrolidin-1-yl)butan-2-yl)-5-methylisoxazole-3-carboxamide (CEN-115)
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00271
  • The title compound was synthesized by the similar method described for CEN-75. LC-MS (linear gradient 5→95% MeCN, 0.1% TFA, 8 min): tR (min): 3.56; ESI-MS (m/z): 577.3 (M+H+).
  • Example 134—Preparation of 5-Methyl-N-((S)-4-((S)-2-methylpiperidin-1-yl)-1,4-dioxo-1-(((S)-1-(5-phenyl-1H-imidazol-2-yl)ethyl)amino)butan-2-yl)isoxazole-3-carboxamide (CEN-116)
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00272
  • The title compound was synthesized by the similar method described for CEN-75. LC-MS (linear gradient 10→98% MeCN, 0.1% TFA, 12 min): tR (min): 5.39; ESI-MS (m/z): 493.34 (M+H+).
  • Example 135—Preparation of 5-Methyl-N-((2S)-4-(2-methylpiperidin-1-yl)-1,4-dioxo-1-(((S)-1-(5-phenyl-1H-imidazol-2-yl)ethyl)amino)butan-2-yl)isoxazole-3-carboxamide (CEN-117)
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00273
  • The title compound was synthesized by the similar method described for CEN-75. LC-MS (linear gradient 10→98% MeCN, 0.1% TFA, 12 min): tR (min): 5.37; ESI-MS (m/z): 493.24 (M+H+).
  • Example 136—Preparation of N-((S)-1-(((S)-1-(5-(2-Fluorophenyl)-1H-imidazol-2-yl)ethyl)amino)-4-((S)-2-methylpiperidin-1-yl)-1,4-dioxobutan-2-yl)-5-methylisoxazole-3-carboxamide (CEN-118)
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00274
  • The title compound was synthesized by the similar method described for CEN-75. LC-MS (linear gradient 10→98% MeCN, 0.1% TFA, 12 min): tR (min): 5.36; ESI-MS (m/z): 511.23 (M+H+).
  • Example 137—Preparation of N-((S)-1-(((S)-1-(5-(4-Fluorophenyl)-1H-imidazol-2-yl)ethyl)amino)-4-((S)-2-methylpiperidin-1-yl)-1,4-dioxobutan-2-yl)-5-methylisoxazole-3-carboxamide (CEN-119)
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00275
  • The title compound was synthesized by the similar method described for CEN-75. LC-MS (linear gradient 10→98% MeCN, 0.1% TFA, 12 min): tR (min): 5.43; ESI-MS (m/z): 511.23 (M+H+).
  • Example 138—Preparation of N-((S)-1,4-Dioxo-1-(((S)-1-(5-phenyl-1H-imidazol-2-yl)ethyl)amino)-4-((R)-2-phenylpyrrolidin-1-yl)butan-2-yl)-5-methylisoxazole-3-carboxamide (CEN-120)
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00276
  • The title compound was synthesized by the similar method described for CEN-75. LC-MS (linear gradient 5→95% MeCN, 0.1% TFA, 8 min): tR (min): 3.47; ESI-MS (m/z): 541.5 (M+H+).
  • Example 139—Preparation of (S)-N-((S)-1-(5-Benzyl-1H-imidazol-2-yl)ethyl)-2-(2-cyclopropylacetamido)-4-oxo-4-((R)-2-phenylpyrrolidin-1-yl)butanamide (CEN-121)
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00277
  • The title compound was synthesized by the similar method described for CEN-75. LC-MS (linear gradient 10→98% MeCN, 0.1% TFA, 12 min): tR (min): 5.61; ESI-MS (m/z): 528.29 (M+H+).
  • Example 140—Preparation of (S)-N-((S)-1-(5-Benzyl-1H-imidazol-2-yl)ethyl)-4-((S)-2-methylpiperidin-1-yl)-4-oxo-2-(2-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-yl)acetamido)butanamide (CEN-122)
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00278
  • The title compound was synthesized by the similar method described for CEN-75. LC-MS (linear gradient 10→98% MeCN, 0.1% TFA, 12 min): tR (min): 4.94; ESI-MS (m/z): 524.31 (M+H+).
  • Example 141—Preparation of N-((S)-1-(((S)-1-(5-Benzyl-1H-imidazol-2-yl)ethyl)amino)-1,4-dioxo-4-((R)-2-phenylpyrrolidin-1-yl)butan-2-yl)-5-methylisoxazole-3-carboxamide (CEN-123)
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00279
  • The title compound was synthesized by the similar method described for CEN-75. LC-MS (linear gradient 10→98% MeCN, 0.1% TFA, 12 min): tR (min): 5.84; ESI-MS (m/z): 555.26 (M+H+).
  • Example 142—Preparation of (S)-N-((S)-1-(5-Benzyl-1H-imidazol-2-yl)ethyl)-2-(2-cyclopropylacetamido)-4-((S)-2-methylpiperidin-1-yl)-4-oxobutanamide (CEN-124)
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00280
  • The title compound was synthesized by the similar method described for CEN-75. LC-MS (linear gradient 10→98% MeCN, 0.1% TFA, 12 min): tR (min): 5.27; ESI-MS (m/z): 480.29 (M+H+).
  • Example 143—Preparation of (S)-2-(benzo[d]oxazol-2-ylamino)-N-((S)-1-(5-(2-fluorophenyl)-1H-imidazol-2-yl)ethyl)-4-oxo-4-((R)-2-phenylpyrrolidin-1-yl)butanamide (CEN-125)
  • Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00281
  • The title compound was synthesized by the similar method described for CEN-16. LC-MS (linear gradient 10→98% MeCN, 0.1% TFA, 12 min): tR (min): 5.73; ESI-MS (m/z): 567.24 (M+H+).
  • Synthesized compounds are shown in Table 1.
  • TABLE 1
    Molecular
    Formula Weight Structure IUPAC Name
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00282
    492.6 5-methyl-N-[(1S)-3-(2-methyl-1- piperidyl)-3-oxo-1-[[(1S)-1-(5- phenyl-1H-imidazol-2- yl)ethyl]carbamoyl]propyl] isoxazole-3-carboxamide
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00283
    492.6 5-methyl-N-((S)-4-((S)-2- methylpiperidin-1-yl)-1,4-dioxo- 1-(((S)-1-(5-phenyl-1H- imidazol-2- yl)ethyl)amino)butan-2- yl)isoxazole-3-carboxamide
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00284
    510.6 N-((S)-1-(((S)-1-(5-(2- fluorophenyl)-1H-imidazol-2- yl)ethyl)amino)-4-((S)-2- methylpiperidin-1-yl)-1,4- dioxobutan-2-yl)-5- methylisoxazole-3-carboxamide
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00285
    510.6 N-((S)-1-(((S)-1-(5-(4- fluorophenyl)-1H-imidazol-2-yl) ethyl)amino)-4-((S)-2- methylpiperidin-1-yl)-1,4- dioxobutan-2-yl)-5- methylisoxazole-3-carboxamide
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00286
    533.6 N-((2S)-1-(((S)-1-((2,4- difluorobenzyl)amino)-1- oxopropan-2-yl)(methyl)amino)- 4-(2-methylpiperidin-1-yl)-1,4- dioxobutan-2-yl)-5- methylisoxazole-3-carboxamide
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00287
    621.8 tert-butyl (3-(((S)-2-((S)-4-((S)-2- methylpiperidin-1-yl)-4-oxo-2-(3- phenylpropanamido)butanamido) propanamido)methyl)phenyl)- carbamate
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00288
    521.7 (S)-N-((S)-1-((3- aminobenzyl)amino)-1- oxopropan-2-yl)-4-((S)-2- methylpiperidin-1-yl)-4-oxo-2- (3- phenylpropanamido)butanamide
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00289
    466.5 N-((2S)-1-((1-(1H-benzo [d]imidazol-2- yl)ethyl)amino)-4-((S)-2- methylpiperidin-1-yl)-1,4- dioxobutan-2-yl)-5- methylisoxazole-3-carboxamide
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00290
    558.6 N-[(1S)-1-[[(1S)-1-[5-(2- fluorophenyl)-1H-imidazol-2- yl]ethyl]carbamoyl]-3-oxo-3- [(2S)-2-phenylpyrrolidin-1- yl]propyl]-5-methyl-isoxazole-3- carboxamide
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00291
    566.6 (2S)-2-(1,3-benzoxazol-2- ylamino)-N-[(1S)-1-[4-(2- fluorophenyl)-1H-imidazol-2- yl]ethyl]-4-oxo-4-[(2R)-2- phenylpyrrolidin-1- yl]butanamide
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00292
    449.5 (2S)-2-amino-N-[(1S)-1-[5-(2- fluorophenyl)-2,5-dihydro- 1H-imidazol-2- yl]ethyl]-4-oxo-4- [(2R)-2-phenylpyrrolidin-1- yl]butanamide
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00293
    528.6 N-[(1S)-1-[[(1S)-1-[5-(2,4- difluorophenyl)-1H-imidazol-2- yl]ethyl]carbamoyl]-3-[(2S)-2- methyl-1-piperidyl]-3-oxo- propyl]-5-methyl-isoxazole-3- carboxamide
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00294
    514.6 N-[(1S)-1-[1-(1H-benzimidazol- 2-yl)ethylcarbamoyl]-3-oxo-3- [(2S)-2-phenylpyrrolidin-1- yl]propyl]-5-methyl-isoxazole-3- carboxamide
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00295
    506.6 N-[(1S)-1-[[(1S)-1-(5-benzyl- 1H-imidazol-2- yl)ethyl]carbamoyl]-3-[(2S)-2- methyl-1-piperidyl]-3-oxo- propyl]-5-methyl-isoxazole-3- carboxamide
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00296
    554.64 N-[(1S)-1-[[(1S)-1-(5-benzyl- 1H-imidazol-2- yl)ethyl]carbamoyl]-3-oxo- 3-[(2S)-2-phenylpyrrolidin-1- yl]propyl]-5-methyl-isoxazole-3- carboxamide
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00297
    523.67 (2S)-N-[(1S)-1-(5-benzyl-1H- imidazol-2-yl)ethyl]-4-[(2S)-2- methyl-1-piperidyl]-4-oxo-2- [(2-tetrahydropyran-4- ylacetyl)amino]butanamide
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00298
    479.61 (2S)-N-[(1S)-1-(5-benzyl-1H- imidazol-2-yl)ethyl]-2-[(2- cyclopropylacetyl)amino]-4- [(2S)-2-methyl-1-piperidyl]-4- oxo-butanamide
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00299
    527.66 (2S)-N-[(1S)-1-(5-benzyl-1H- imidazol-2-yl)ethyl]-2-[(2- cyclopropylacetyl)amino]-4-oxo- 4-[(2S)-2-phenylpyrrolidin-1- yl]butanamide
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00300
    501.57 (2S)-2-[(2- cyclopropylacetyl)amino]-N- [(1S)-1-[5-(2,4-difluorophenyl)- 1H-imidazol-2-yl]ethyl]-4-[(2S)- 2-methyl-1-piperidyl]-4-oxo- butanamide
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00301
    545.62 (2S)-N-[(1S)-1-[5-(2,4- difluorophenyl)-1H-imidazol-2- yl]ethyl]-4-[(2S)-2-methyl-1- piperidyl]-4-oxo-2-[(2- tetrahydropyran-4- ylacetyl)amino]butanamide
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00302
    573.65 (2S)-2-(benzylsulfonylamino)- N-[(1S)-1-[5-(2,4- difluorophenyl)-1H-imidazol-2- yl]ethyl]-4-[(2S)-2-methyl-1- piperidyl]-4-oxo-butanamide
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00303
    539.64 (2S)-N-[(1S)-1-[5-(2,4- difluorophenyl)-1H-imidazol-2- yl]ethyl]-2- (isobutylsulfonylamino)-4-[(2S)- 2-methyl-1-piperidyl]-4-oxo- butanamide
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00304
    559.63 (2S)-2-(benzenesulfonamido)-N- [(1S)-1-[5-(2,4-difluorophenyl)- 1H-imidazol-2-yl]ethyl]-4-[(2S)- 2-methyl-1-piperidyl]-4-oxo- butanamide
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00305
    573.65 (2S)-N-[(1S)-1-[5-(2,4- difluorophenyl)-1H-imidazol-2- yl]ethyl]-4-[(2S)-2-methyl-1- piperidyl]-4-oxo-2- (ptolylsulfonylamino) butanamide
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00306
    511.59 (2S)-N-[(1S)-1-[5-(2,4- difluorophenyl)-1H-imidazol-2- yl]ethyl]-2- (ethylsulfonylamino)-4-[(2S)-2- methyl-1-piperidyl]-4-oxo- butanamide
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00307
    537.6 (2S)-N-[(1S)-1-[5-(2,4- difluorophenyl)-1H-imidazol-2- yl]ethyl]-4-[(2S)-2- methyl-1-piperidyl]-4-oxo-2- (phenacylamino)butanamide
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00308
    501.57 N-[(1S)-1-[[(1S)-1-[5-(2,4- difluorophenyl)-1H-imidazol-2- yl]ethyl]carbamoyl]-3-[(2S)-2- methyl-1-piperidyl]-3-oxo- propyl]cyclobutanecarboxamide
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00309
    517.61 N-[(1S)-1-[[(1S)-1-[5-(2,4- difluorophenyl)-1H-imidazol-2- yl]ethyl]carbamoyl]-3-[(2S)-2- methyl-1-piperidyl]-3-oxo- propyl]-4-methyl-pentanamide
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00310
    466.53 N-[(1S)-1-[[(1S)-1-(1H- benzimidazol-2- yl)ethyl]carbamoyl]-3-[(2S)-2- methyl-1-piperidyl]-3- oxo-propyl]-5-methyl- isoxazole-3-carboxamide
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00311
    455.59 N-[(1S)-1-[[(1S)-1-(1H- benzimidazol-2- yl)ethyl]carbamoyl]-3-[(2S)-2- methyl-1-piperidyl]-3-oxo- propyl]-4-methyl-pentanamide
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00312
    503.64 N-[(1S)-1-[[(1S)-1-(1H- benzimidazol-2- yl)ethyl]carbamoyl]-3-oxo-3- [(2S)-2-phenylpyrrolidin-1- yl]propyl]-4-methyl- pentanamide
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00313
    503.64 N-((S)-1-(((R)-1-(1H- benzo[d]imidazol-2- yl)ethyl)amino)-1,4-dioxo-4- ((R)-2-phenylpyrrolidin-1- yl)butan-2-yl)-4- methylpentanamide
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00314
    503.58 (2S)-N-[(1S)-1-[5-(2,4- difluorophenyl)-1H-imidazol-2- yl]ethyl]-2-[(3-methyl-2-oxo- butyl)amino]-4-[(2S)-2-methyl- 1-piperidyl]-4-oxo-butanamide
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00315
    514.58 N-[(1S)-1-[[(1S)-1-(1H- benzimidazol-2- yl)ethyl]carbamoyl]-3-oxo-3- [(2S)-2-phenylpyrrolidin-1- yl]propyl]-5-methyl-isoxazole-3- carboxamide
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00316
    503.64 N-[(1S)-1-[1-(1H-benzimidazol- 2-yl)ethylcarbamoyl]-3-oxo-3- [(2S)-2-phenylpyrrolidin-1- yl]propyl]-4-methyl- pentanamide
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00317
    539.69 (2S)-N-[1-(1H-benzimidazol-2- yl)ethyl]-2- (isopentylsulfonylamino)-4-oxo- 4-[(2S)-2-phenylpyrrolidin-1- yl]butanamide
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00318
    501.62 N-[(1S)-1-[1-(1H-benzimidazol- 2-yl)ethylcarbamoyl]-3-oxo-3- [(2S)-2-phenylpyrrolidin-1- yl]propyl]-3-methyl- cyclobutanecarboxamide
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00319
    517.66 N-[(1S)-1-[[(1S)-1-(1H- benzimidazol-2- yl)ethyl]carbamoyl]-3-oxo-3- [(2S)-2-phenylpyrrolidin-1- yl]propyl]-4,4-dimethyl- pentanamide
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00320
    553.66 (2S)-N-[(1S)-1-[5-(2,4- difluorophenyl)-1H-imidazol-2- yl]ethyl]-2- (isopentylsulfonylamino)-4- [(2S)-2-methyl-1-piperidyl]-4- oxo-butanamide
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00321
    531.64 N-[(1S)-1-[[(1S)-1-[5-(2,4- difluorophenyl)-1H-imidazol-2- yl]ethyl]carbamoyl]-3-[(2S)-2- methyl-1-piperidyl]-3-oxo- propyl]-4,4-dimethyl- pentanamide
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00322
    489.56 N-[(1S)-1-[[(1S)-1-[5-(2,4- difluorophenyl)-1H-imidazol-2- yl]ethyl]carbamoyl]-3-oxo-3- pyrrolidin-1-yl-propyl]-4- methyl-pentanamide
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00323
    503.58 N-[(1S)-1-[[(1S)-1-[5-(2,4- difluorophenyl)-1H-imidazol-2- yl]ethyl]carbamoyl]-3-oxo-3- pyrrolidin-1-yl-propyl]-4,4- dimethyl-pentanamide
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00324
    500.5 N-[(1S)-1-[[(1S)-1-[5-(2,4- difluorophenyl)-1H-imidazol-2- yl]ethyl]carbamoyl]-3-oxo-3- pyrrolidin-1-yl-propyl]-5- methyl-isoxazole-3-carboxamide
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00325
    517.61 N-[(1S)-1-[[(1S)-1-[5-(2,4- difluorophenyl)-1H-imidazol-2- yl]ethyl]carbamoyl]-3-[(2R)-2- methylpyrrolidin-1-yl]-3-oxo- propyl]-4,4-dimethyl- pentanamide
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00326
    455.59 N-[(1S)-1-[[(1S)-1-(1H- benzimidazol-2- yl)ethyl]carbamoyl]-3-[(2R)-2- methylpyrrolidin-1-yl]-3-oxo- propyl]-4,4-dimethyl- pentanamide
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00327
    539.70 (2S)-N-[(1S)-1-(1H- benzimidazol-2-yl)ethyl]-2- (isopentylsulfonylamino)-4-oxo- 4-[(2R)-2-phenylpyrrolidin-1- yl]butanamide
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00328
    539.70 (2S)-N-[(1R)-1-(1H- benzimidazol-2- yl)ethyl]-2- (isopentylsulfonylamino)-4-oxo- 4-[(2R)-2-phenylpyrrolidin-1- yl]butanamide
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00329
    474.55 N-[(1S)-2-[(2,4- difluorophenyl)methylamino]- 1-methyl-2-oxo-ethyl]-2- (isopentylamino)-6-pyrrolidin- 1-yl-pyrimidine-4-carboxamide
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00330
    511.57 tert-butyl 2-(((S)-1-((2,4- difluorobenzyl)amino)-1- oxopropan-2-yl)carbamoyl)-2- (2-((S)-2-methylpiperidin-1-yl)- 2-oxoethyl)hydrazine-1- carboxylate
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00331
    523.63 (2S)-N-[(2,4- difluorophenyl)methyl]-2-[[(4,4- dimethylpentanoylamino)-[2- [(2S)-2-methyl-1-piperidyl]-2- oxoethyl]carbamoyl]amino] propanamide
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00332
    532.63 3-[(1S)-1-[5-(2,4- difluorophenyl)-1H-imidazol-2- yl]ethyl]-1-(4,4- dimethylpentanoylamino)-1-[2- [(2S)-2-methyl-1-piperidyl]-2- oxo-ethyl]urea
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00333
    469.62 N-[(1S)-1-[[(1R)-1-(1H- benzimidazol-2- yl)ethyl]carbamoyl]-3-[(2S)-2- methyl-1-piperidyl]-3-oxo- propyl]-4,4-dimethyl- pentanamide
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00334
    455.59 N-[(1S)-1-(1H-benzimidazol-2- ylmethylcarbamoyl)-3-[(2S)-2- methyl-1-piperidyl]-3-oxo- propyl]-4,4-dimethyl- pentanamide
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00335
    455.59 N-[(1S)-1-[[(1R)-1-(1H- benzimidazol-2- yl)ethyl]carbamoyl]-3-[(2S)-2- methyl-1-piperidyl]-3-oxo- propyl]-4-methyl-pentanamide
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00336
    441.57 N-[(1S)-1-(1H-benzimidazol-2- ylmethylcarbamoyl)-3-[(2S)-2- methyl-1-piperidyl]-3-oxo- propyl]-4-methyl-pentanamide
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00337
    491.57 (2S)-N-[(1S)-1-[5-(2,4- difluorophenyl)-1H-imidazol-2- yl]ethyl]-N',N'-diethyl-2-(4- methylpentanoylamino) butanediamide
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00338
    503.58 N-[(1S)-1-[[(1S)-1-[5-(2,4- difluorophenyl)-1H-imidazol-2- yl]ethyl]carbamoyl]-3-oxo-3-(1- piperidyl)propyl]-4-methyl- pentanamide
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00339
    517.61 N-[(1S)-1-[[(1S)-1-[5-(2,4- difluorophenyl)-1H-imidazol-2- yl]ethyl]carbamoyl]-3-[(2R)-2- methyl-1-piperidyl]-3-oxo- propyl]-4-methyl-pentanamide
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00340
    491.57 (2S)-N-[(1S)-1-[5-(2,4- difluorophenyl)-1H-imidazol-2- yl]ethyl]-N′-isopropyl-N′- methyl-2-(4- methylpentanoylamino) butanediamide
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00341
    515.6 (2S)-2-(3- cyclopropylpropanoylamino)-N- [(1S)-1-[5-(2,4-difluorophenyl)- 1H-imidazol-2-yl]ethyl]-4-[(2S)- 2-methyl-1-piperidyl]-4-oxo- butanamide
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00342
    551.65 (2S)-2-(2- cyclopropylethylsulfonylamino)- N-[(1S)-1-[5-(2,4- difluorophenyl)-1H-imidazol-2- yl]ethyl]-4-[(2S)-2-methyl-1- piperidyl]-4-oxo-butanamide
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00343
    519.58 N-[(1S)-1-[[(1S)-1-[5-(2,4- difluorophenyl)-1H-imidazol-2- yl]ethyl]carbamoyl]-3-[(3S)-3- methylmorpholin-4-yl]-3-oxo- propyl]-4-methyl-pentanamide
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00344
    571.58 N-[(1S)-1-[[(1S)-1-[5-(2,4- difluorophenyl)-1H-imidazol-2- yl]ethyl]carbamoyl]-3-oxo-3- [(2R)-2-(trifluoromethyl)-1- piperidyl]propyl]-4-methyl- pentanamide
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00345
    531.64 N-[(1S)-1-[[(1S)-1-[5-(2,4- difluorophenyl)-1H-imidazol-2- yl]ethyl]carbamoyl]-3-[(2S)-2- ethyl-1-piperidyl]-3-oxo- propyl]-4-methyl-pentanamide
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00346
    517.61 N-[(1S)-3-(azepan-1-yl)-1- [[(1S)-1-[5-(2,4-difluorophenyl)- 1H-imidazol-2- yl]ethyl]carbamoyl]-3-oxo- propyl]-4-methyl-pentanamide
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00347
    469.62 N-[(1S)-1-[[(1S)-1- (1H-benzimidazol-2- yl)ethyl]carbamoyl]-3-[(2S)-2- ethyl-1-piperidyl]-3-oxo- propyl]-4-methyl-pentanamide
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00348
    483.65 N-[(1S)-1-[[(1S)-1- (1H-benzimidazol-2- yl)ethyl]carbamoyl]-3-[(2S)-2- ethyl-1-piperidyl]-3-oxo- propyl]-4,4-dimethyl- pentanamide
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00349
    545.66 N-[(1S)-1-[[(1S)-1-[5-(2,4- difluorophenyl)-1H-imidazol-2- yl]ethyl]carbamoyl]-3-(2- isopropyl-1-piperidyl)-3-oxo- propyl]-4-methyl- pentanamide
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00350
    505.6 N-[(1S)-1-[[(1S)-1-(4,6-difluoro- 1H-benzimidazol-2- yl)ethyl]carbamoyl]-3-[(2S)-2- ethyl-1-piperidyl]-3-oxo- propyl]-4-methyl-pentanamide
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00351
    501.64 N-[(1S)-3-[(2S)-2-ethyl-1- piperidyl]-1-[[(1S)-1-(4-fluoro- 1H-benzimidazol-2- yl)ethyl]carbamoyl]-3-oxo- propyl]-4,4-dimethyl- pentanamide
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00352
    487.61 N-[(1S)-3-[(2S)-2-ethyl-1- piperidyl]-1-[[(1S)-1-(4-fluoro- 1H-benzimidazol-2- yl)ethyl]carbamoyl]-3-oxo- propyl]-4-methyl-pentanamide
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00353
    473.58 N-[(1S)-1-[[(1S)-1-(4-fluoro-1H- benzimidazol-2- yl)ethyl]carbamoyl]-3-[(2S)-2- methyl-1-piperidyl]-3-oxo- propyl]-4-methyl-pentanamide
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00354
    487.61 N-[(1S)-1-[[(1S)-1-(4-fluoro-1H- benzimidazol-2- yl)ethyl]carbamoyl]-3-[(2S)-2- methyl-1-piperidyl]-3-oxo- propyl]-4,4-dimethyl- pentanamide
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00355
    523.66 (2S)-4-[(2S)-2-ethyl-1- piperidyl]-N-[(1S)-1-(4-fluoro- 1H-benzimidazol-2-yl)ethyl]-2- (isopentylsulfonylamino)-4-oxo- butanamide
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00356
    505.6 N-[(1S)-1-[[(1S)-1-(5,6-difluoro- 1H-benzimidazol-2- yl)ethyl]carbamoyl]-3-[(2S)-2- ethyl-1-piperidyl]-3-oxo- propyl]-4-methyl-pentanamide
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00357
    498.55 N-[(1S)-3-[(2S)-2-ethyl-1- piperidyl]-1-[[(1S)-1-(4-fluoro- 1H-benzimidazol-2- yl)ethyl]carbamoyl]-3-oxo- propyl]-5-methyl-isoxazole-3- carboxamide
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00358
    522.61 (2S)-2-(benzylcarbamoylamino)- 4-[(2S)-2-ethyl-1-piperidyl]-N- [(1S)-1-(4-fluoro-1H- benzimidazol-2-yl)ethyl]-4-oxo- butanamide
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00359
    521.63 (2S)-4-[(2S)-2-ethyl-1- piperidyl]-N-[(1S)-1-(4-fluoro- 1H-benzimidazol-2-yl)ethyl]-4- oxo-2-(3- phenylpropanoylamino) butanamide
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00360
    571.7 N-[(1S)-1-[[(1R,2R)-2-[5-(2,4- difluorophenyl)-1H-imidazol-2- yl]cyclopentyl]carbamoyl]-3- [(2S)-2-ethyl-1-piperidyl]-3-oxo- propyl]-4-methyl-pentanami
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00361
    517.62 (2S)-N-[(1S)-2-(1H-indol-7- ylmethylamino)-1-methyl-2-oxo- ethyl]-4-oxo-2-(3- phenylpropanoylamino)-4- pyrrolidin-1-yl-butanamide
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00362
    471.57 (2S)-2-[(2- cyclopropylacetyl)amino]-4- [(2S)-2-ethyl-1-piperidyl]-N- [(1S)-1-(4-fluoro-1H- benzimidazol-2-yl)ethyl]-4-oxo- butanamide
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00363
    499.5 (2S)-4-[(2S)-2-ethyl-1- piperidyl]-N-[(1S)-1-(4-fluoro- 1H-benzimidazol-2-yl)ethyl]-4- oxo-2-(3,3,3- trifluoropropanoylamino) butanamide
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00364
    506.57 (2S)-2-(1,3-benzoxazol-2- ylamino)-4-[(2S)-2-ethyl-1- piperidyl]-N-[(1S)-1-(4-fluoro- 1H-benzimidazol-2-yl)ethyl]-4- oxo-butanamide
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00365
    488.6 (2S)-2-[3- (dimethylamino)propanoylamino]- 4-[(2S)-2-ethyl-1-piperidyl]-N- [(1S)-1-(4-fluoro-1H- benzimidazol-2-yl)ethyl]-4-oxo- butanamide
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00366
    520.6 (2S)-4-[(2S)-2-ethyl-1- piperidyl]-N-[(1S)-1-(4-fluoro- 1H-benzimidazol-2-yl)ethyl]-2- [(5-methyl-1,3-benzoxazol-2- yl)amino]-4-oxo-butanamide
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00367
    520.6 (2S)-4-[(2S)-2-ethyl-1- piperidyl]-N-[(1S)-1-(4-fluoro- 1H-benzimidazol-2-yl)ethyl]-2- [(6-methyl-1,3-benzoxazol-2- yl)amino]-4-oxo-butanamide
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00368
    533.65 (1S,2S)-N-((S)-4-((S)-2- ethylpiperidin-1-yl)-1-(((S)-1-(4- fluoro-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-2- yl)ethyl)amino)-1,4-dioxobutan- 2-yl)-2-phenylcyclopropane-1- carboxamide
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00369
    499.62 N-[(1S)-3-[(2S)-2-ethyl-1- piperidyl]-1-[[(1S)-1-(4- fluoro-1H-benzimidazol-2- yl)ethyl]carbamoyl]-3- oxo-propyl]-2-isopropyl- cyclopropanecarboxamide
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00370
    485.59 N-[(1S)-1-[[(1S)-1-(4-fluoro-1H- benzimidazol-2- yl)ethyl]carbamoyl]-3-[(2S)-2- methyl-1-piperidyl]-3-oxo- propyl]-2-isopropyl- cyclopropanecarboxamide
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00371
    519.62 (1S,2S)-N-((S)-1-(((S)-1-(4- fluoro-1H-benzo[d]imidazol-2- yl)ethyl)amino)-4-((S)-2- methylpiperidin-1-yl)-1,4- dioxobutan-2-yl)-2- phenylcyclopropane-1- carboxamide
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00372
    518.61 (2S)-N-[(1S)-2-(1H-indazol-7- ylmethylamino)-1-methyl- 2-oxo-ethyl]-4-oxo-2-(3- phenylpropanoylamino)-4- pyrrolidin-1-yl-butanamide
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00373
    499.58 (2S)-4-[(2S)-2-ethyl-1- piperidyl]-N-[(1S)-1-(4-fluoro- 1H-benzimidazol-2-yl)ethyl]-2- [(3-isopropyl-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5- yl)amino]-4-oxo-butanamide
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00374
    565.61 (2S)-4-[(2S)-2-ethyl-1- piperidyl]-N-[(1S)-1-(4-fluoro- 1H-benzimidazol-2- yl)ethyl]-2-[[3-[(4- fluorophenyl)methyl]- 1,2,4-oxadiazol-5-yl]amino]-4- oxo-butanamide
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00375
    533.64 (1S,2R)-N-[(1S)-3-[(2S)-2-ethyl- 1-piperidyl]-1-[[(1S)-1-(4- fluoro-1H-benzimidazol-2- yl)ethyl]carbamoyl]-3-oxo- propyl]-2-phenyl- cyclopropanecarboxamide
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00376
    519.61 (1S,2R)-N-[(1S)-1-[[(1S)-1-(4- fluoro-1H-benzimidazol-2- yl)ethyl]carbamoyl]-3-[(2S)-2- methyl-1-piperidyl]-3- oxo-propyl]-2-phenyl- cyclopropanecarboxamide
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00377
    522.64 (2S)-2-(1,3-benzothiazol-2- ylamino)-4-[(2S)-2-ethyl-1- piperidyl]-N-[(1S)-1-(4-fluoro- 1H-benzimidazol-2-yl)ethyl]-4- oxo-butanamide
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00378
    536.64 (2S)-2-[[benzyl(methyl) carbamoyl]amino]- 4-[(2S)-2-ethyl-1-piperidyl]- N-[(1S)-1-(4-fluoro-1H- benzimidazol-2-yl)ethyl]-4- oxo-butanamide
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00379
    502.58 N-[(1S)-3-[(2S)-2-ethyl-1- piperidyl]-1-[[(1S)-1-(4-fluoro- 1H-benzimidazol-2- yl)ethyl]carbamoyl]-3-oxo- propyl]morpholine-4- carboxamide
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00380
    500.61 N-[(1S)-3-[(2S)-2-ethyl-1- piperidyl]-1-[[(1S)-1-(4-fluoro- 1H-benzimidazol-2- yl)ethyl]carbamoyl]-3-oxo- propyl]piperidine-1-carboxamide
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00381
    502.62 (2S)-4-[(2S)-2-ethyl-1- piperidyl]-N-[(1S)-1-(4-fluoro- 1H-benzimidazol-2-yl)ethyl]-2- [[isobutyl(methyl)carbamoyl] amino]-4-oxo-butanamide
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00382
    511.63 N-[(1S)-3-[(2S)-2-ethyl-1- piperidyl]-1-[[(1S)-1-(4- fluoro-1H-benzimidazol-2- yl)ethyl]carbamoyl]-3-oxo- propyl]spiro[3.3]heptane-2- carboxamide
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00383
    497.6 N-[(1S)-1-[[(1S)-1-(4-fluoro- 1H-benzimidazol-2- yl)ethyl]carbamoyl]-3-[(2S)-2- methyl-1-piperidyl]-3-oxo- propyl]spiro[3.3]heptane-2- carboxamide
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00384
    522.61 (2S)-2-[[benzyl(methyl) carbamoyl]amino]- N-[(1S)-1-(4-fluoro-1H- benzimidazol-2-yl)ethyl]-4- [(2S)-2-methyl-1-piperidyl]-4- oxo-butanamide
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00385
    523.6 benzyl N-[(1S)-3-[(2S)-2-ethyl- 1-piperidyl]-1-[[(1S)-1-(4- fluoro-1H-benzimidazol-2- yl)ethyl]carbamoyl]-3- oxo-propyl]carbamate
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00386
    509.57 benzyl N-[(1S)-1-[[(1S)-1-(4- fluoro-1H-benzimidazol-2- yl)ethyl]carbamoyl]-3-[(2S)-2- methyl-1-piperidyl]-3-oxo- propyl]carbamate
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00387
    489.58 isobutyl N-[(1S)-3-[(2S)-2-ethyl- 1-piperidyl]-1-[[(1S)-1-(4- fluoro-1H-benzimidazol-2- yl)ethyl]carbamoyl]-3-oxo- propyl]carbamate
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00388
    499.62 N-[(1S)-3-[(2S)-2-ethyl-1- piperidyl]-1-[[(1S)-1-(4-fluoro- 1H-benzimidazol-2- yl)ethyl]carbamoyl]-3-oxo- propyl]-3,3-dimethyl- cyclobutanecarboxamide
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00389
    485.59 N-[(1S)-1-[[(1S)-1-(4-fluoro-1H- benzimidazol-2- yl)ethyl]carbamoyl]-3-[(2S)-2- methyl-1-piperidyl]-3-oxo- propyl]-3,3-dimethyl- cyclobutanecarboxamide
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00390
    529.62 N-[(1S)-1-[[(1S)-1-[5-(2,4- difluorophenyl)-1H-imidazol-2- yl]ethyl]carbamoyl]-3-[(2S)-2- methyl-1-piperidyl]-3-oxo- propyl]-3,3-dimethyl- cyclobutanecarboxamide
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00391
    529.62 N-[(1S)-1-[[(1S)-1-[5-(2,4- difluorophenyl)-1H-imidazol-2- yl]ethyl]carbamoyl]- 3-[(2S)-2- methyl-1-piperidyl]-3-oxo- propyl]-2-isopropyl- cyclopropanecarboxamide
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00392
    536.57 (2S)-2-(1,3-benzoxazol-2- ylamino)-N-[(1S)-1-[5-(2,4- difluorophenyl)-1H-imidazol-2- yl]ethyl]-4-[(2S)-2-methyl-1- piperidyl]-4-oxo-butanamide
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00393
    529.58 (2S)-N-[(1S)-1-[5-(2,4- difluorophenyl)-1H-imidazol-2- yl]ethyl]-2-[(3-isopropyl-1,2,4- oxadiazol-5-yl)amino]-4-[(2S)- 2-methyl-1-piperidyl]-4-oxo- butanamide
  • Example 144—IC50 Determination
  • Experiments to determine IC50 values against β5i and β5c for compounds were carried out in 96-well plates. In brief, 1 μL of compound in a 3× series dilution in DMSO at concentration ranging from 100 μM-0.0017 μM were spotted to the bottom of a black 96-well plate with solid bottom. 100 μL of reaction buffer (20 mM HEPES, 0.5 mM EDTA, pH7.5, 0.1% BSA) containing enzyme (final concentration was 0.2 nM for c-20S, and 0.4 nM for i-20S) and substrate (25 μM for suc-LLVY-AMC for β5c and 15 μM for Ac-ANW-AMC) were dispensed into each well, and the plate was then spun at 1000× rpm for 1 minute and then shaked on a shaker for 1 minute. Time course of the hydrolysis of each well was followed by recording the fluorescence of product AMC (Ex 360 nm and Em 460 nm) on a SpectraMax M5 plate reader for 1.5-2 hours. Initial reaction velocity of each well was fit to a dose-dependent inhibition equation using PRISM to determine the IC50. IC50s were determined only for β5i and β5c (Table 2). SDS was used as activator for both enzymes at concentration 0.02%.
  • TABLE 2
    IC50 values
    Hu
    c-20S Mtb20SO
    IC50 G IC50
    Formula ID (μM) (μM) Selectivity
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00394
    CF-503094    12    11    0.471    0.726    25    15
      
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00395
    CF-503102    14    10    0.717    0.44    20    23
      
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00396
    CF-503103  >15  >15    0.16    0.306    >90    >49
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00397
    CF-503105  >18    19    0.259    0.256    >69    74
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00398
    Not Registered    19   10     1.9
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00399
    Not Registered    50.2   24.7     2
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00400
    Not Registered    0.69    0.005    138
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00401
    Not Registered    71.6    19.6    0.549    0.331    130    59
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00402
    CF-503108   100    0.07    13.3    0.013    0.004    0.013   7692    17   1023
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00403
    CF-503242    16.8    20.6    0.753    0.677    22    30
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00404
    CF-503240    94    8.5    11
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00405
    CF-503111    7.2    5.48    0.041    0.034    175    161
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00406
    CF-503127    7    0.084    0.1    70
      
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00407
    CF-503133     5.59    7.08    0.266    0.231    21    30
      
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00408
    CF-503134    7.4    7.6    0.09    0.057    82    133
      
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00409
    CF-503135    9.12    13.5    0.45    0.386    20    35
      
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00410
    CF-503136    10.4    0.925    11
      
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00411
    CF-503137    12.6    10.6    0.078    0.064    161    165
      
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00412
    CF-503138    11.8    10.5    0.169    0.085    70    123
      
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00413
    CF-503139    12.8    10.26    0.089    0.148    144    69
      
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00414
    CF-503140    6.13    0.379    16
       
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00415
    CF-503141    4.9    0.368    13
       
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00416
    CF-503142     8.13    0.65    12
       
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00417
    CF-503143    6.47    0.494    13
       
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00418
    CF-503144    28.2    1.904    15
       
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00419
    CF-503145    15.2   10     1.5
       
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00420
    CF-503146    2.41    0.163    15
      
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00421
    CF-503147    6.36    9.66    10.7    15.1 . .    8.73    0.049    0.053    0.037    0.032 . .    0.045    130    182    289    471 . .    194
      
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00422
    CF-503148    17.45    0.906    19
      
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00423
    CF-503149    18.95    23.5    0.136    0.118    139    199
      
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00424
    CF-503150    16.77    13.7    53.1    9.3    10.6    50    0.047    0.045    0.05    0.069    0.059    0.042    357    304   1062    134    179   1190
      
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00425
    CF-503185 proposed enantiomer of CF-503150    8.96    50    0.636    0.42    14    119
      
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00426
    CF-503151    9.9   11.4     0.9
      
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00427
    CF-503152    10.97    9.7    0.184    0.127    60    76
      
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00428
    CF-503153    29.4    19.78    0.029    0.053   1013    373
      
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00429
    CF-503154    13.9    11.8    0.116    0.202    119    58
      
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00430
    CF-503155    8.4    0.125    67
      
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00431
    CF-503156    16.6    0.088    188
      
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00432
    CF-503157    7.5    9.66    1.066    0.691     7    14
      
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00433
    CF-503158    5.3    8.5    0.027    0.022    196    386
      
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00434
    CF-503159    10.4    3.47     3
      
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00435
    CF-503160    10.3    0.796    13
      
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00436
    CF-503161    16.7    3.34     5
      
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00437
    CF-503162    6.3    5.7    0.173    0.128    36    44
      
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00438
    CF-503163    16.49    3.5     5
      
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00439
    CF-503183    10.14    9.7    10    0.224    0.242    0.124    45    40    80
      
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00440
    CF-503184    10.7    2.6     4
      
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00441
    CF-503175    4.59    5.46    4.6    5.6     1     1
      
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00442
    CF-503201    8.5  >8    8.4  >8     1     1
      
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00443
    CF-503202    8.5    9.12    8.32    8.8     1     1
      
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00444
    CF-503189    7.61    10.24    7.38    8.04     1     1.3
       
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00445
    CF-503190    17.32    2.66     7
       
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00446
    CF-503191    10.35    0.456    23
       
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00447
    CF-503192    15.56    4.9     3
       
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00448
    CF-503193    17.6    0.647    27
       
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00449
    CF-503197    7.28    1.11     7
      
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00450
    CF-503198    7.25    1.57     5
      
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00451
    CF-503199    10.47    1    10
      
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00452
    CF-503200    14.87    0.919    16
      
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00453
    CF-503204    11.65    0.098    119
      
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00454
    CF-503206    6.16    0.506    12
       
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00455
    CF-503210    15.18    0.407    37
       
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00456
    CF-503212    4.87    0.346    14
      
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00457
    CF-503213    4.49    4.43    0.033    0.029    136    153
      
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00458
    CF-503214    10.18    0.667    15
      
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00459
    CF-503216    14.8    14.47    0.296    0.333    50    43
      
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00460
    CF-503217    6.85    8.99    0.127    0.835    54    11
      
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00461
    CF-503218    2.78    3.18    0.136    0.168    20    19
      
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00462
    CF-503219    4.06    4.5    0.793    0.84     5     5
       
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00463
    CF-503222    11.24    12.33    11.7    0.015    0.029    0.041    749    425    285
      
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00464
    CF-503223    10.62    10.18    0.028    0.033    379    308
      
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00465
    CF-503225    16.16    16.86    0.097    0.118    197    143
      
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00466
    CF-503227    4.83    6.49    0.079    0.081    61    80
      
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00467
    CF-503230    17.8    8.6    0.4    0.52    44    17
      
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00468
    CF-503229    5    6     1
      
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00469
    CF-503274    7.09    0.069    103
      
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00470
    CF-503304    9.36     9.4    0.359    0.327    26    29
      
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00471
    CF-503291    2.64    3.39    0.007    0.006    377    565
      
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00472
    CF-503292    4.95    9.23    8.19    8.6    0.657    4.6    0.522    0.561     7.5     2    16    15
      
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00473
    CF-503293    4.06    11.58    19.08    36.7    0.095    2.21    0.047    0.035    43     5    406   1049
      
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00474
    CF-503318    16.9    0.112    150
      
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00475
    CF-503319    4.2    0.32    13
      
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00476
    CF-503321    4.5    5.2    0.271    0.374    17    14
      
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00477
    CF-503356    6.4    6.4     1
      
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00478
    CF-503357    1.9    0.26     7
      
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00479
    CF-503360    1.12    1.43    1.42    1.44    0.125    0.19    0.353    0.361     9     7     4     4
      
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00480
       8.14    0.051    160
      
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00481
    CF-503373    37.7    2.3    1.72    0.011    0.023    0.021   3427  100  82
      
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00482
    CF-503381    2.47    2.7    0.041    0.036    60    75
       
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00483
       12.34    0.166    74
       
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00484
    CF-503390    5.5    2.72    0.121    0.088    45    31
       
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00485
    CF-503417    3.6    2.99    1.35    1.77     3     2
       
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00486
    CF-503419    1.36    1.2    0.257    0.319     5     4
      
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00487
    CF-503363    8    0.0507    158
      
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00488
    CF-503382    12    0.166    72
       
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00489
    CF-503445    1.19    1.18     1
       
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00490
    CF-503451    3.33    3.7    0.176    0.184    19    20
       
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00491
    CF-503453    4.45    4.69     1
        
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00492
    CF-503454    3    0.765     4
       
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00493
    CF-503457    5.03    2.36     2
      
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00494
    CF-503458    13.44    1.24    0.007    0.011   1920    112
      
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00495
    CF-503459    27.4    2.1    0.013    0.02   2107    105
      
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00496
    CF-503460    17.2    0.272     63
       
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00497
    CF-503461    5.8    8.2    0.068    0.075     85    109
       
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00498
    CF-503462    14.8    0.12    123
       
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00499
    CF-503463    2.5    1.14     2
      
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00500
    CF-503464    4.41    1.26    0.01    0.019    441    66
      
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00501
    CF-503465    7.62    1.92    0.025    0.032    305    60
      
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00502
    CF-503474    5.65    0.014    404
      
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00503
    CF-503475    4.77    0.034    140
       
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00504
    CF-503476    7.26    2.49     3
        
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00505
    CF-503477    2.29    2.05     1
  • The results of the 20S proteasome inhibitor assays are presented in Table 3.
  • TABLE 3
    IC50 of Compounds Against Human Constitutive (Hu C-20S) β5 Active Subunit
    ID Formula Hu-C20S β5 (μM)
    CEN-1
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00506
    14.2
    CEN-2
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00507
    16.9
    CEN-3
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00508
    10.6
    CEN-4
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00509
    6 .4
    CEN-5
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00510
    2 .5
    CEN-6
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00511
    7.1
    CEN-7
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00512
    4.2
    CEN-8
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00513
    3.6
    CEN-9
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00514
    4.4
    CEN-10
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00515
    37.7
    CEN-11
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00516
    19.2
    CEN-12
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00517
    3.0
    CEN-13
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00518
    11.2
    CEN-14
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00519
    4.5
    CEN-15
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00520
    5.0
    CEN-16
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00521
    4.5
    CEN-17
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00522
    13.4
    CEN-18
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00523
    9.5
    CEN-19
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00524
    1.1
    CEN-20
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00525
    2.6
    CEN-21
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00526
    9.4
    CEN-22
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00527
    1.2
    CEN-23
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00528
    5.8
    CEN-24
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00529
    17.8
    CEN-25
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00530
    8.1
    CEN-26
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00531
    3.3
    CEN-27
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00532
    1.4
    CEN-28
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00533
    14.8
    CEN-29
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00534
    6.9
    CEN-30
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00535
    4.5
    CEN-31
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00536
    17.6
    CEN-32
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00537
    23.5
    CEN-33
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00538
    16.5
    CEN-34
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00539
    15.6
    CEN-35
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00540
    19.6
    CEN-36
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00541
    17.5
    CEN-37
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00542
    17.3
    CEN-38
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00543
    16.2
    CEN-39
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00544
    7.6
    CEN-40
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00545
    2.7
    CEN-41
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00546
    4.8
    CEN-42
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00547
    27.4
    CEN-43
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00548
    13.8
    CEN-44
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00549
    0.9
    CEN-45
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00550
    4.1
    CEN-46
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00551
    8.4
    CEN-47
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00552
    29.4
    CEN-48
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00553
    50.0
    CEN-49
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00554
    50.0
    CEN-50
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00555
    14.8
    CEN-51
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00556
    15.0
    CEN-52
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00557
    7.5
    CEN-53
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00558
    9.7
    CEN-54
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00559
    16.6
    CEN-55
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00560
    12.3
    CEN-56
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00561
    17.2
    CEN-57
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00562
    28.0
    CEN-58
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00563
    13.9
    CEN-59
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00564
    10.0
    CEN-60
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00565
    10.7
    CEN-61
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00566
    8.8
    CEN-62
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00567
    2.4
    CEN-63
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00568
    6.8
    CEN-64
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00569
    2.4
    CEN-65
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00570
    >100.0
    CEN-66
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00571
    >100.0
    CEN-67
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00572
    >100.0
    CEN-68
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00573
    >100.0
    CEN-69
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00574
    >100.0
    CEN-70
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00575
    >100.0
    CEN-71
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00576
    >100.0
    CEN-72
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00577
    >100.0
    CEN-73
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00578
    >100.0
    CEN-74
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00579
    94.0
    CEN-75
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00580
    >100.0
    CEN-76
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00581
    14.2
    CEN-77
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00582
    10.4
    CEN-78
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00583
    14.9
    CEN-79
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00584
    7.3
    CEN-80
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00585
    16.7
    CEN-81
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00586
    10.5
    CEN-82
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00587
    2.4
    CEN-83
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00588
    10.3
    CEN-84
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00589
    7.3
    CEN-85
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00590
    9.9
    CEN-86
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00591
    28.2
    CEN-87
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00592
    11.7
    CEN-88
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00593
    15.1
    CEN-89
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00594
    5.7
    CEN-90
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00595
    10.2
    CEN-91
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00596
    10.5
    CEN-92
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00597
    15.2
    CEN-93
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00598
    10.9
    CEN-94
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00599
    5.5
    CEN-95
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00600
    2.3
    CEN-96
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00601
    5.7
    CEN-97
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00602
    4.8
    CEN-98
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00603
    7.1
    CEN-99
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00604
    8.5
    CEN-100
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00605
    4.4
    CEN-101
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00606
    7.6
    CEN-102
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00607
    10.2
    CEN-103
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00608
    15.2
    CEN-104
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00609
    4.9
    CEN-105
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00610
    3.9
    CEN-106
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00611
    12.8
    CEN-107
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00612
    2.8
    CEN-108
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00613
    6.2
    CEN-109
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00614
    7.3
    CEN-110
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00615
    8.1
    CEN-111
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00616
    4.9
    CEN-112
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00617
    6.1
    CEN-113
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00618
    6.5
    CEN-114
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00619
    9.7
    CEN-115
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00620
    >100.0
    CEN-116
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00621
    9.5
    CEN-117
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00622
    11.0
    CEN-118
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00623
    15.8
    CEN-119
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00624
    18.0
    CEN-120
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00625
    >100.0
    CEN-121
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00626
    10.6
    CEN-122
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00627
    13.5
    CEN-123
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00628
    7.4
    CEN-124
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00629
    10.4
    CEN-125
    Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00630
    20.6
  • Although preferred embodiments have been depicted and described in detail herein, it will be apparent to those skilled in the relevant art that various modifications, additions, substitutions, and the like can be made without departing from the spirit of the invention and these are therefore considered to be within the scope of the invention as defined in the claims which follow.

Claims (21)

1.-48. (canceled)
49. A method of treating bacterial infections, parasite infections, fungal infections, cancer, immunologic disorders, autoimmune disorders, neurodegenerative diseases and disorders, inflammatory disorders, or muscular dystrophy, in a subject or for achieving immunosuppression in transplanted organs or tissues in a subject, said method comprising:
administering to the subject in need thereof a compound of Formula (I):
Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00631
wherein
R is H or C1-6 alkyl;
R′ is H or C1-6 alkyl;
R1 is H or C1-6 alkyl;
or R and R1 are taken together with the carbon to which they are attached to form a C3-8 cycloalkyl ring;
R2 is independently selected at each occurrence thereof from
Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00632
or —(CH2)nC(O)NR6R7;
R3 is independently selected at each occurrence thereof from the group consisting of H, C1-12 alkyl, -Boc, —C(O)(CH2)nR5, —(CH2)nC(O)R5, —C(O)OR5, —C(O)(CH2)nNR6R7, —S(O)2R5, monocyclic and bicyclic heteroaryl, monocyclic and bicyclic heterocyclyl, and monocyclic and bicyclic non-aromatic heterocycle, wherein monocyclic and bicyclic heteroaryl, monocyclic and bicyclic heterocyclyl, and monocyclic and bicyclic non-aromatic heterocycle can be optionally substituted from 1 to 3 times with R8;
R4 is H, halogen, NH2, NHCOOC1-12 alkyl, or C1-12 alkyl;
R5 is selected from the group consisting of C1-12 alkyl, monocyclic or bicyclic C3-10 cycloalkyl, C3-12 cycloalkylalkyl, C1-12 alkoxy, monocyclic and bicyclic aryl, monocyclic and bicyclic heteroaryl, monocyclic and bicyclic heterocyclyl, and monocyclic and bicyclic non-aromatic heterocycle, wherein C1-12 alkyl, monocyclic or bicyclic C3-10 cycloalkyl, C3-12 cycloalkylalkyl, C1-12 alkoxy, monocyclic and bicyclic aryl, monocyclic and bicyclic heteroaryl, monocyclic and bicyclic heterocyclyl, and monocyclic and bicyclic non-aromatic heterocycle can be optionally substituted from 1 to 3 times with R8;
R6, R7 are each independently selected from the group consisting of H, C1-6 alkyl, and arylalkyl;
or R6 and R7 are taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached to form a piperidine, pyrrolidine, azepane, or morpholine ring, wherein piperidine, pyrrolidine, azepane, or morpholine ring can be optionally substituted 1 to 3 times with R9;
R8 is selected independently at each occurrence thereof from the group consisting of halogen, C1-6 alkyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, aryl, and arylalkyl, wherein C1-6 alkyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, aryl, and arylalkyl can be optionally substituted 1 to 3 times with R9;
R9 is selected from the group consisting of H, halogen, C1-6 alkyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, and aryl, wherein C1-6 alkyl can be optionally substituted 1 to 3 times with halogen;
R10 is H or arylalkyl;
W is CHR2, NR2, or
Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00633
X is selected from the group consisting of —C(O)—NH—, monocyclic and bicyclic heteroaryl, monocyclic and bicyclic heterocyclyl, and monocyclic and bicyclic non-aromatic heterocycle;
Y is optional and, if present, is —(CH2)m—;
Z is optional and, if present, is aryl or bicyclic heteroaryl;
Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00634
is the point of attachment to NHR3 moiety;
Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00635
is the point of attachment to C(O) moiety;
k is 1 or 2;
m is 0, 1, or 2; and
n is 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4,
with the proviso that R2 is not —CH2C(O)NH2, —CH2C(O)NHCH2C(CH3)3, or —(CH2)2C(O)NH2,
or an oxide thereof, a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, a solvate thereof, or a prodrug thereof.
50. The method of claim 49, wherein the compound of Formula (I) has the Formula (IA), Formula (IB), or Formula (IC):
Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00636
51. The method of claim 49, wherein R and R1 are taken together with the carbon to which they are attached to form
Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00637
group, and wherein
Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00638
is the point of attachment to NH; and
Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00639
is the point of attachment to X.
52. The method of claim 49, wherein R3 is
Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00640
wherein
Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00641
is the point of attachment to the corresponding carbon atom of the structure of Formula (I).
53. The method of claim 49, wherein X is
Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00642
wherein
Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00643
is the point of attachment to C(R1)(R2) moiety;
Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00644
is the point of attachment to Y, Z, or R4.
54. The method of claim 49, wherein Z is
Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00645
and
wherein
Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00646
is the point of attachment to Y or X;
Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00647
is the point of attachment to R4.
55. The method of claim 49, wherein the compound of Formula (I) is selected from the group consisting of:
Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00648
Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00649
Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00650
Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00651
Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00652
Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00653
Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00654
Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00655
Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00656
Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00657
Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00658
Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00659
Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00660
Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00661
Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00662
Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00663
56. The method of claim 49, wherein a bacterial infection is treated, said bacterial infection being Mycobacterium tuberculosis.
57. The method of claim 49, wherein a parasite infection is treated, said parasite infection being malaria, leishmaniasis, river blindness, Chagas disease, or sleeping disease.
58. The method of claim 49, wherein a parasite infection is treated, said parasite infection being cryptosporidiosis, amebiasis, cyclosporiasis, giardiasis, or toxoplasmosis.
59. The method of claim 49, wherein a parasite infection is treated, said parasite infection being veterinary parasite infection.
60. The method of claim 59, wherein a veterinary parasite infection is caused by protozoan parasites, helminth parasites, arachnids, insects, or custaceans.
61. The method of claim 49, wherein an autoimmune disorder is treated, said autoimmune disorder being selected from the group consisting of arthritis, colitis, multiple sclerosis, lupus, Sjogren Syndrome, Systemic Lupus Erythematosus and lupus nephritis, glomerulonephritis, Rheumatoid Arthritis, Inflammatory bowel disease (IBD), ulcerative colitis, Crohn's diseases, Psoriasis, and asthma.
62. The method of claim 49, wherein immunosuppression is provided for transplanted organs or tissues, said immunosuppression being used to prevent transplant rejection and graft-verse-host disease.
63. The method of claim 49, wherein an inflammatory disorder is treated, said inflammatory disorder being Crohn's disease.
64. The method of claim 49, wherein cancer is treated, said cancer being selected from the group consisting of neoplastic disorders, hematologic malignances, lymphocytic malignancies, mantel cell lymphoma, leukemia, Waldenstrom Macroglobulinemia, pancreatic cancer, bladder cancer, colorectal cancer, breast cancer, metastatic breast cancer, prostate cancer, androgen-dependent and androgen-independent prostate cancer, renal cancer, metastatic renal cell carcinoma, hepatocellular cancer, lung cancer, non-small cell lung cancer (NSCLC), bronchioloalveolar carcinoma (BAC), and adenocarcinoma of the lung, ovarian cancer, progressive epithelial or primary peritoneal cancer, cervical cancer, gastric cancer, esophageal cancer, head and neck cancer, squamous cell carcinoma of the head and neck, melanoma, neuroendocrine cancer, metastatic neuroendocrine tumors, brain tumors, glioma, anaplastic oligodendroglioma, adult glioblastoma multiforme, and adult anaplastic astrocytoma, bone cancer, and soft tissue sarcoma.
65. The method of claim 49, wherein a neurodegenerative disease or disorder is treated, said neurodegenerative disease or disorder being Amyotrophic Lateral Sclerosis (ALS).
66. The method of claim 49, wherein a neurodegenerative disease or disorder is treated, said neurodegenerative disease or disorder being Multiple Sclerosis (MS).
67. A method of inhibiting proteasome activity, said method comprising:
contacting a proteasome with a compound of Formula (I):
Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00664
wherein
R is H or C1-6 alkyl;
R′ is H or C1-6 alkyl;
R1 is H or C1-6 alkyl;
or R and R1 are taken together with the carbon to which they are attached to form a C3-8 cycloalkyl ring;
R2 is independently selected at each occurrence thereof from
Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00665
or —(CH2)nC(O)NR6R7;
R3 is independently selected at each occurrence thereof from the group consisting of H, C1-12 alkyl, -Boc, —C(O)(CH2)nR5, —(CH2)nC(O)R5, —C(O)OR5, —C(O)(CH2)nNR6R7, —S(O)2R5, monocyclic and bicyclic heteroaryl, monocyclic and bicyclic heterocyclyl, and monocyclic and bicyclic non-aromatic heterocycle, wherein monocyclic and bicyclic heteroaryl, monocyclic and bicyclic heterocyclyl, and monocyclic and bicyclic non-aromatic heterocycle can be optionally substituted from 1 to 3 times with R8;
R4 is H, halogen, NH2, NHCOOC1-12 alkyl, or C1-12 alkyl;
R5 is selected from the group consisting of C1-12 alkyl, monocyclic or bicyclic C3-10 cycloalkyl, C3-12 cycloalkylalkyl, C1-12 alkoxy, monocyclic and bicyclic aryl, monocyclic and bicyclic heteroaryl, monocyclic and bicyclic heterocyclyl, and monocyclic and bicyclic non-aromatic heterocycle, wherein C1-12 alkyl, monocyclic or bicyclic C3-10 cycloalkyl, C3-12 cycloalkylalkyl, C1-12 alkoxy, monocyclic and bicyclic aryl, monocyclic and bicyclic heteroaryl, monocyclic and bicyclic heterocyclyl, and monocyclic and bicyclic non-aromatic heterocycle can be optionally substituted from 1 to 3 times with R8;
R6, R7 are each independently selected from the group consisting of H, C1-6 alkyl, and arylalkyl;
or R6 and R7 are taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached to form a piperidine, pyrrolidine, azepane, or morpholine ring, wherein piperidine, pyrrolidine, azepane, or morpholine ring can be optionally substituted 1 to 3 times with R9;
R8 is selected independently at each occurrence thereof from the group consisting of halogen, C1-6 alkyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, aryl, and arylalkyl, wherein C1-6 alkyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, aryl, and arylalkyl can be optionally substituted 1 to 3 times with R9;
R9 is selected from the group consisting of H, halogen, C1-6 alkyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, and aryl, wherein C1-6 alkyl can be optionally substituted 1 to 3 times with halogen;
R10 is H or arylalkyl;
W is CHR2, NR2, or
Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00666
X is selected from the group consisting of —C(O)—NH—, monocyclic and bicyclic heteroaryl, monocyclic and bicyclic heterocyclyl, and monocyclic and bicyclic non-aromatic heterocycle;
Y is optional and, if present, is —(CH2)m—;
Z is optional and, if present, is aryl or bicyclic heteroaryl;
Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00667
is the point of attachment to NHR3 moiety;
Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00668
is the point of attachment to C(O) moiety;
k is 1 or 2;
m is 0, 1, or 2; and
n is 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4,
with the proviso that R2 is not —CH2C(O)NH2, —CH2C(O)NHCH2C(CH3)3, or —(CH2)2C(O)NH2,
or an oxide thereof, a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, a solvate thereof, or a prodrug thereof; under conditions effective to inhibit proteasome activity.
68. The method of claim 67, wherein the compound of Formula (I) is selected from the group consisting of:
Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00669
Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00670
Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00671
Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00672
Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00673
Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00674
Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00675
Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00676
Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00677
Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00678
Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00679
Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00680
Figure US20220056073A1-20220224-C00681
US17/521,328 2017-10-11 2021-11-08 Peptidomimetic proteasome inhibitors Active US11732005B2 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US17/521,328 US11732005B2 (en) 2017-10-11 2021-11-08 Peptidomimetic proteasome inhibitors

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US201762571146P 2017-10-11 2017-10-11
PCT/US2018/055482 WO2019075252A1 (en) 2017-10-11 2018-10-11 Peptidomimetic proteasome inhibitors
US202016755427A 2020-04-10 2020-04-10
US17/521,328 US11732005B2 (en) 2017-10-11 2021-11-08 Peptidomimetic proteasome inhibitors

Related Parent Applications (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US16/755,427 Division US11203613B2 (en) 2017-10-11 2018-10-11 Peptidomimetic proteasome inhibitors
PCT/US2018/055482 Division WO2019075252A1 (en) 2017-10-11 2018-10-11 Peptidomimetic proteasome inhibitors

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
US20220056073A1 true US20220056073A1 (en) 2022-02-24
US11732005B2 US11732005B2 (en) 2023-08-22

Family

ID=66101028

Family Applications (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US16/755,427 Active US11203613B2 (en) 2017-10-11 2018-10-11 Peptidomimetic proteasome inhibitors
US17/521,328 Active US11732005B2 (en) 2017-10-11 2021-11-08 Peptidomimetic proteasome inhibitors

Family Applications Before (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US16/755,427 Active US11203613B2 (en) 2017-10-11 2018-10-11 Peptidomimetic proteasome inhibitors

Country Status (3)

Country Link
US (2) US11203613B2 (en)
EP (1) EP3694605A4 (en)
WO (1) WO2019075252A1 (en)

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
USRE49816E1 (en) 2014-01-10 2024-01-30 Cornell University Dipeptides as inhibitors of human immunoproteasomes
US12016896B2 (en) 2014-08-18 2024-06-25 Cornell University Dipeptidomimetics as inhibitors of human immunoproteasomes

Families Citing this family (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP3362754B1 (en) 2015-10-15 2021-12-22 Cornell University Proteasome inhibitors and uses thereof
WO2019075252A1 (en) 2017-10-11 2019-04-18 Cornell University Peptidomimetic proteasome inhibitors

Family Cites Families (35)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TW223629B (en) 1992-03-06 1994-05-11 Hoffmann La Roche
US7001921B1 (en) * 1995-01-23 2006-02-21 Biogen Idec Ma Inc. Cell adhesion inhibitors
AR011515A1 (en) 1996-12-25 2000-08-30 Agrogene Ltd DERIVED FROM AMINOBUTIRIC ACID FOR THE PROTECTION OF PLANTS FROM FUNGAL DISEASES AND A METHOD TO PROTECT A CROP AGAINST FUNGAL DISEASES, FOR EXAMPLE, TOMATOES AND POTATOES AGAINST LATE, EARLY MILK, VINEYARD ELVIO, AND
US7569724B2 (en) 2000-09-29 2009-08-04 Topotarget Uk Limited Carbamic acid compounds comprising an amide linkage as HDAC inhibitors
US7244743B2 (en) 2002-06-05 2007-07-17 Solvay Pharmaceuticals Gmbh Non-peptidic BRS-3 agonists
KR100973451B1 (en) * 2002-09-13 2010-08-02 유겐가이샤 오가 리서치 Melanin extinguisher
TWI334868B (en) 2003-06-03 2010-12-21 Nippon Kayaku Kk [1,2,4] triazoro [1,5-a] pyrimidine-2-ylurea derivative and use thereof
EP1770085A4 (en) 2004-07-21 2010-09-22 Mitsui Chemicals Agro Inc Diamine derivative, process for producing the same and fungicide containing the derivative as active ingredient
TW200621223A (en) 2004-09-07 2006-07-01 Smithkline Beecham Corp Acyclic 1,3-diamines and uses therefor
WO2006065826A2 (en) 2004-12-15 2006-06-22 Merck & Co., Inc. Process to chiral beta amino acid derivatives by asymmetric hydrogenation
WO2006099261A2 (en) 2005-03-11 2006-09-21 The University Of North Carolina At Chapel Hill Potent and specific immunoproteasome inhibitors
JP2006298785A (en) 2005-04-18 2006-11-02 Mitsui Chemicals Inc Diamine derivative, its manufacturing method and bactericide having the same as active ingredient
WO2007067629A1 (en) 2005-12-07 2007-06-14 Amgen Inc. Bradykinin 1 receptor antagonists
WO2007083394A1 (en) 2006-01-19 2007-07-26 Mitsui Chemicals, Inc. Pest control composition containing diamine derivative
PL2041158T3 (en) 2006-06-19 2013-08-30 Onyx Therapeutics Inc Peptide epoxyketones for proteasome inhibition
DE102007025718A1 (en) 2007-06-01 2008-12-04 Merck Patent Gmbh pyridazinone derivatives
WO2009035020A1 (en) 2007-09-11 2009-03-19 Tokyo University Of Science Educational Foundation Administrative Organization Novel dihydronaphthalene compound and use thereof
JP5600595B2 (en) 2007-10-16 2014-10-01 ミレニアム ファーマシューティカルズ, インコーポレイテッド Proteasome inhibitor
AR075090A1 (en) 2008-09-29 2011-03-09 Millennium Pharm Inc ACID DERIVATIVES 1-AMINO-2-CYCLLOBUTILETILBORONICO PROTEOSOMA INHIBITORS, USEFUL AS ANTI-BANKER AGENTS, AND PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS THAT UNDERSTAND THEM.
WO2010038200A1 (en) * 2008-10-01 2010-04-08 Actelion Pharmaceuticals Ltd Oxazolidine compounds as orexin receptor antagonists
BR112012022060A2 (en) 2010-03-01 2018-05-08 Onyx Therapeutics Inc compound for inhibition of immunoproteasome
JP5933523B2 (en) 2010-03-31 2016-06-08 ミレニアム ファーマシューティカルズ, インコーポレイテッドMillennium Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Derivatives of 1-amino-2-cyclopropylethylboronic acid
EP2487152A1 (en) 2010-11-17 2012-08-15 UCB Pharma GmbH Process for the preparation of Lacosamide including resolution of O-methyl-DL-serine
CA2828456C (en) * 2011-03-03 2021-05-04 Zalicus Pharmaceuticals Ltd. N-benzl-amino-carboxamide inhibitors of the sodium channel
WO2012129112A2 (en) 2011-03-18 2012-09-27 Catabasis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Use of intracellular enzymes for the release of covalently linked bioactives
CN102807601B (en) 2011-06-03 2014-02-26 首都医科大学 Aminoacyl-tryptophanyl-5-methoxytryptamine and preparation method and application thereof
GB2494851A (en) 2011-07-07 2013-03-27 Kalvista Pharmaceuticals Ltd Plasma kallikrein inhibitors
CA2860142C (en) 2011-12-22 2020-10-27 Ares Trading S.A. Alpha-amino boronic acid derivatives, selective immunoproteasome inhibitors
JP2014091731A (en) 2012-11-06 2014-05-19 Kobe Gakuin Peptide compound from novel somatostatin, and dna polymerase inhibitor, anticancer agent and apoptosis-inducing agent comprising the same
CA2895150C (en) 2012-12-21 2019-11-26 F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag Peptides as oxytocin agonists
JP6468562B2 (en) 2013-11-21 2019-02-13 国立大学法人北海道大学 Proteasome inhibitory compounds
USRE49816E1 (en) 2014-01-10 2024-01-30 Cornell University Dipeptides as inhibitors of human immunoproteasomes
US11202817B2 (en) 2014-08-18 2021-12-21 Cornell University Dipeptidomimetics as inhibitors of human immunoproteasomes
EP3362754B1 (en) 2015-10-15 2021-12-22 Cornell University Proteasome inhibitors and uses thereof
WO2019075252A1 (en) 2017-10-11 2019-04-18 Cornell University Peptidomimetic proteasome inhibitors

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
USRE49816E1 (en) 2014-01-10 2024-01-30 Cornell University Dipeptides as inhibitors of human immunoproteasomes
US12016896B2 (en) 2014-08-18 2024-06-25 Cornell University Dipeptidomimetics as inhibitors of human immunoproteasomes

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
WO2019075252A1 (en) 2019-04-18
EP3694605A1 (en) 2020-08-19
US11732005B2 (en) 2023-08-22
EP3694605A4 (en) 2021-10-27
US11203613B2 (en) 2021-12-21
US20200317729A1 (en) 2020-10-08

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US11732005B2 (en) Peptidomimetic proteasome inhibitors
US11629141B2 (en) Proteasome inhibitors and uses thereof
US20210145832A1 (en) TANK-BINDING KINASE-1 PROTACs AND ASSOCIATED METHODS OF USE
US20220153722A1 (en) Cdk2/5 degraders and uses thereof
AU2006226554B2 (en) 3, 4-substituted pyrrolidine derivatives for the treatment of hypertension
US9988421B2 (en) Dipeptides as inhibitors of human immunoproteasomes
US9994577B2 (en) Azepanyl-derivatives and pharmaceutical compositions comprising the same with antiparasitic activity
US20220080022A1 (en) Dipeptidomimetics as inhibitors of human immunoproteasomes
US20230158157A1 (en) Potent and selective degraders of alk
US20220378919A1 (en) Erk5 degraders as therapeutics in cancer and inflammatory diseases
US20240043470A1 (en) Macrocyclic compounds as proteasome inhibitors
US20150368226A1 (en) Piperidinylcarbazoles

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
FEPP Fee payment procedure

Free format text: ENTITY STATUS SET TO UNDISCOUNTED (ORIGINAL EVENT CODE: BIG.); ENTITY STATUS OF PATENT OWNER: SMALL ENTITY

FEPP Fee payment procedure

Free format text: ENTITY STATUS SET TO SMALL (ORIGINAL EVENT CODE: SMAL); ENTITY STATUS OF PATENT OWNER: SMALL ENTITY

STPP Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general

Free format text: DOCKETED NEW CASE - READY FOR EXAMINATION

STPP Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general

Free format text: NON FINAL ACTION MAILED

STPP Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general

Free format text: PUBLICATIONS -- ISSUE FEE PAYMENT VERIFIED

STCF Information on status: patent grant

Free format text: PATENTED CASE

CC Certificate of correction